National Elevator Industry, Inc. CODE & SAFETY OFFICE 4034 North Hampton Brook Drive • Hamburg, New York 14075 • 585.302.0813 • Fax: 585.302.0841
www.neii.org • e-mail: [email protected]
NEII ASSOCIATION HEADQUARTERS 1677 County Route 64 • P.O. Box 838 • Salem, New York 12865-0838 • Phone: 518.854.3100 • Fax: 518-854-3257
NEII and NEII logo – Registered, U.S. Patent and Trademark Office
SUPPLEMENTAL AGENDA
NEII® CENTRAL CODE COMMITTEE July 27-28, 2011
11. Local Elevator Code Issues. (f) Florida (Attachments A and B). (g) Other. 13. Seismic Activities – Louis Bialy.
(a) NEII Seismic Task Group (Attachment C) – Brian Black.
14. Maintenance Control Program Issues (Attachments D, E and F) – Vincent Robibero.
17. ISO Activities – Louis Bialy and Vincent Robibero (Attachments G, H, I and J). 25. Other Business.
(a) Central Code Committee 2012 budget. Attachments A. Florida Building Code revisions B. Florida Building Code Glitch Report C. NEII® Seismic TH strawman D. MCP revision ballot concerns E. Ballot 10-1976 F. Example of traction elevator maintenance G. ISO-TC178_N0750 H. ISO-TC178_N0751 I. ISO-TC178_N0752 J. ISO-TC178_N0753
All interested: I have just been informed by the Building Codes and Standards Office that the 2010 Florida Building Code is projected to go into effect on March 15, 2012. There are a lot of changes that will greatly affect elevators in the State of Florida. The main issue will be the adoption of ASME A17.1, 2007 Edition including the 2008 and 2009 Addenda. Please note that here will be no revision to 1.2.1; so ASME A17.7 will become a referenced document. ASME A18.1, 2008 Edition, and ASCE 24, 2005 Edition (for construction in flood hazard areas) will also be adopted. Major changes are also found in Chapter 30 covering elevators. For the changes that will be in the 2010 FBC, please go to: http://www.dca.state.fl.us/fbc/thecode/Materials_for_June2011_Hearing.htm You will see "2010 FBC Glitch Amendments - Outcome" scroll down to the bottom of the webpage to find a table titled "2010 Draft Florida Building Code as of December 31, 2010" New elevator requirements will be a combination of the IBC 2009 in the second column, which will be revised by the "FBC Supplement by Subcode to the 2009 I-Codes" in the left column.he 2009 I-Codes In the FBC Supplement by Subcode to the 2009 I-Codes, you will find the changes to the FBC. Items highlighted in yellow are items that are different than the International Building Code. Items struck-through are those being deleted from the 2007 FBC including Addenda (strike-through's have a horizontal line through the wording - but they do not go through my email); and wording that is underlined has been added. After the above two documents, there are additional changes in the Glitch Amendments found in the second table from the top of this webpage titled: "2010 Florida Building Code - Glitch Supplement" The elevator chapter is Chapter 30, and the adoption of Codes is in Chapter 35 under the "Building" section of each document. (the Building section is in the top row of each table). Let me know if you have any questions regarding any of these changes. Lee Lee Rigby, President Vertical Assessment Associates 8830 Freedom Road Tallahassee FL 32305 Ph 850-210-0401 Fax 850-210-0085 Cell 850-294-1070 www.verticalassessment.com
ATTACHMENT A Page 1 of 14
2007 Florida Specific Requirements Supplement Plus 2007 Glitch Amendments Building Volume
C:\Users\BDBLAC~1\AppData\Local\Temp\Florida_supplement_to_2009IBC_with_recmendfinalfiling-2.doc Last printed 7/20/2011 10:31:00 AM
249
Section 2801 General 2801.1 Scope. Change to read as shown. 2801.1 Scope. Mechanical appliances, equipment and systems shall be constructed, installed and maintained in accordance with the Florida Building Code, Mechanical and the Florida Building Code, Fuel Gas. Masonry chimneys, fireplaces and barbecues shall comply with the Florida Building Code, Mechanical and Chapter 21 of this code. Chapter 29 Plumbing Systems Section 2901 General 2901.1. Scope. Change to read as shown. 2901.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter and the Florida Building Code, Plumbing shall govern the erection, installation, alteration, repairs, relocation, replacement, addition to, use or maintenance of plumbing equipment and systems. Plumbing systems and equipment shall be constructed, installed and maintained in accordance with the Florida Building Code, Plumbing. Section 2902 Minimum Plumbing Fixtures. Change to read as shown. Section 2902 Minimum Plumbing Fixtures. Reserved Chapter 30 Elevators and Conveying Systems Section 3001 General 3001.1 Scope. Change to read as shown.
3001.1 Scope. This chapter governs the design, construction, installation, alteration, and repair and maintenance of elevators and conveying systems and their components.
Note: Other administrative and programmatic provisions may apply. See the Department of Business and Professional Regulation [DBPR] Chapter 399, Florida Statutes, and 61C-5, Florida Administrative Code. The regulation and enforcement of the following sections of the adopted codes, and their addenda, are preempted to the Bureau of Elevator Safety of the Department of Business and Professional regulation: ASME A17.1, Part 8, ASME A17.3, Sections 1.2, 1.5, ASME A18.1, Part 10.
[3468]
3001.2 Referenced standards. Change to read as shown.
ATTACHMENT A Page 2 of 14
2007 Florida Specific Requirements Supplement Plus 2007 Glitch Amendments Building Volume
C:\Users\BDBLAC~1\AppData\Local\Temp\Florida_supplement_to_2009IBC_with_recmendfinalfiling-2.doc Last printed 7/20/2011 10:31:00 AM
250
3001.2 Referenced standards. Except as otherwise provided for in this code, the design, construction, installation, alteration, repair and maintenance of elevators and conveying systems and their components shall conform to ASME A17.1/CSA B44, ASME A17.1S, ASME A17.3 and ASME A18.1, ASME A90.1, ASME B20.1, ALI ALCTV, and ASCE 24-05 for construction in flood hazard areas.
The Division of Hotels and Restaurants may grant exceptions, variances and waivers to the Elevator Safety Code as authorized by the Elevator Safety Code Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators (ASME A17.1, Section 1.2) and Florida Statutes (Chapter 120.)
[3468] 3001.3 Accessibility. Change to read as shown.
3001.3 Accessibility. Passenger elevators are required to be accessible by Chapter 11. shall conform to ICC A117.1.
[3468] 3001.5 Design, installation and alteration of elevators. Add to read as shown.
3001.5 Design, installation and alteration of elevators.
3001.5.1 Each new elevator shall comply with the Florida Elevator Safety Code that was in effect at the time of receipt of application for the construction permit for the elevator.
3001.5.2 Each alteration to, or relocation of, an elevator shall comply with the Florida Elevator Safety Code that was in effect at the time of receipt of the application for the construction permit for the alteration or relocation.
3001.5.3 All existing elevators shall comply with ASME A17.3
[3468] 3001.6 Add to read as shown. 3001.6 As used in this chapter, the term: ALTERATION. Any change or addition to the vertical conveyance other than maintenance, repair or replacement.
ALTERATION. Any change to equipment, including its parts, components, and/or subsystems, other than maintenance, repair, or replacement.
[3468]
ATTACHMENT A Page 3 of 14
2007 Florida Specific Requirements Supplement Plus 2007 Glitch Amendments Building Volume
C:\Users\BDBLAC~1\AppData\Local\Temp\Florida_supplement_to_2009IBC_with_recmendfinalfiling-2.doc Last printed 7/20/2011 10:31:00 AM
251
CERTIFICATE OF OPERATION means a document issued by the department which indicates that the conveyance has had the required safety inspection and tests and that fees have been paid as provided in this Chapter 399, FS. CONVEYANCE. An elevator, dumbwaiter, escalator, moving sidewalk, platform lift and stairway chairlift. DEPARTMENT. For the purpose of this section, means the Department of Business and Professional Regulation. DIVISION. For the purpose of this section, means the Division of Hotels and Restaurants of the Department of Business and Professional Regulation. ELEVATOR. One of the following mechanical devices: (a) A hoisting and lowering mechanism, equipped with a car and platform that moves in guide rails and serves two or more landings to transport material or passengers or both. (b) An escalator, which is a power-driven, inclined continuous stairway used for raising or lowering passengers. (c) A dumbwaiter, which is a hoisting and lowering mechanism equipped with a car of limited size which moves in guide rails and serves two or more landings. (d) A moving walk, which is a type of passenger-carrying device on which passengers stand or walk and in which the passenger-carrying surface remains parallel to its direction of motion and is uninterrupted. (e) An inclined stairway chairlift, which is a device used to transport physically handicapped persons over architectural barriers. (f) An inclined or vertical wheelchair lift, which is a device used to transport wheelchair handicapped persons over architectural barriers. Exceptions: Personnel hoists and material hoists within the scope of ASME A10. Man lifts within the scope of ASME A90.1. Mobile scaffolds, towers, and platforms within the scope of ANSI A92. Powered platforms and equipment for exterior and interior maintenance within the scope of ASME A120.1. Conveyors and related equipment within the scope of ASME B20.1. Cranes, derricks, hoists, hooks, jacks and slings within the scope of ASME B30. Industrial trucks within the scope of ASME B56. Portable equipment, except for portable escalators that are covered by this code. Tiered or piling machines used to move materials to and from storage located and operating entirely within one story. Equipment for feeding or positioning materials at machine tools and printing presses. Skip or furnace hoists. Wharf ramps. Railroad car lifts or dumpers. Line jacks, false cars, shafters, moving platforms and similar equipment used for installing an elevator by a contractor licensed in this state. Automated people movers at airports. Elevators in television and radio towers. Hand-operated dumbwaiters. Sewage pump station lifts. Automobile parking lifts.
ATTACHMENT A Page 4 of 14
2007 Florida Specific Requirements Supplement Plus 2007 Glitch Amendments Building Volume
C:\Users\BDBLAC~1\AppData\Local\Temp\Florida_supplement_to_2009IBC_with_recmendfinalfiling-2.doc Last printed 7/20/2011 10:31:00 AM
252
Equipment covered in Section 1.1.2 of the Elevator Safety Code ASME A17.1 Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators.
[3468] Elevators, inclined stairway chairlifts, and inclined or vertical wheelchair lifts located in private residences. ESCALATOR. An installation defined as an escalator in the Florida Building Code. EXISTING INSTALLATION. An installation defined as an “installation, existing” in the Florida Building Code. PRIVATE RESIDENCE. A separate dwelling or a separate apartment in a multiple dwelling which is occupied by members of a single family. Section 3002 Hoistway Enclosures Section 3002.4 Elevator car to accommodate an ambulance stretcher, revise text to read as follows: 3002.4 Elevator car to accommodate an ambulance stretcher. Where elevators are provided in buildings four or more stories above, or four or more stories below, grade plane, or where the rise exceeds 25 feet, at least one elevator shall be provided for fire department emergency access to all floors. The elevator car shall be of such a size and arrangement to accommodate an ambulance stretcher 24-inches by 76-inches (610 mm by 1950 mm) with not less than 5-inch radius corners in the horizontal, open position and shall be identified by the international symbol for emergency medical services (star of life). The symbol shall not be less than 3 inches (76 mm) high and shall be placed inside on both sides of the hoistway door frame. 3002.9 Add to read as shown. 3002.9 Automatic fire alarm initiating devices shall be located and installed in accordance with ASME A 17.1 and NFPA 72. Section 3004 Hoistway Venting 3004.3.1 Reduced vent area. Change to read as shown. 3004.3.1 Reduced vent area. Where mechanical ventilation conforming to the International Florida Building Code, Mechanical Code is provided, a reduction in the required vent area is allowed provided that all of the following conditions are met: 1. The occupancy is not in Group R-1, R-2, I-1 or I-2 or of a similar occupancy with overnight sleeping units. 2. The vents required by Section 3004.2 do not have outside exposure. 3. The hoistway does not extend to the top of the building. 4. The hoistway and machine room exhaust fan is automatically reactivated by thermostatic means. 5. Equivalent venting of the hoistway is accomplished. [3463]
ATTACHMENT A Page 5 of 14
2007 Florida Specific Requirements Supplement Plus 2007 Glitch Amendments Building Volume
C:\Users\BDBLAC~1\AppData\Local\Temp\Florida_supplement_to_2009IBC_with_recmendfinalfiling-2.doc Last printed 7/20/2011 10:31:00 AM
253
Section 3005 Conveying Systems 3005.4 Personnel and material hoists. Change to read as shown.
3005.4 Personnel and material hoists. Personnel and material hoists shall be designed utilizing an approved method that accounts for the conditions imposed during the intended operation of the hoist device. The design shall include, but is not limited to, anticipated loads, structural stability, impact, vibration, and stresses and seismic restraint. The design shall account for the construction, installation, operation and inspection of the hoist tower, car, machinery and control equipment, guide members and hoisting mechanism. Additionally, the design of personnel hoists shall include provisions for field testing and maintenance which will demonstrate that the hoist device functions in accordance with the design. Field tests shall be conducted upon the completion of an installation or following a major alteration of a personnel hoist.
[3466] Section 3008 Occupant Evacuation Elevators 3008.2 Fire safety and evacuation plan. The building shall have an approved fire safety and evacuation plan in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 404 of the International Florida Fire Prevention Code. The fire safety and evacuation plan shall incorporate specific procedures for the occupants using evacuation elevators. [3471] Section 3009 Elevator Accessibilty Requirments for the Physically Handicapped. Add to read as shown. SECTION 3009 ELEVATOR ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED
1.3009.1 In a building having any elevators that do not provide access to every floor level, elevator hallway call buttons on all main levels of ingress and on any floor that is commonly served by more than one group of elevators must be marked with Arabic and braille symbols that indicate floor levels to which access is provided. The symbols must be placed directly above each call button.
2.3009.2 Each elevator car interior must have a support rail on at least one wall. All support rails must be smooth and have no sharp edges and must not be more than 1½ inches (38 mm) thick or 2½ inches (63 mm) in diameter. Support rails must be continuous and a minimum length of 42 inches (1067 mm) overall.
The inside surface of support rails must be 1½ inches (38 mm) clear of the car wall. The distance from the top of the support rail to the finished car floor must be at least 31 inches (787 mm) and not more than 33 inches (838 mm). Padded or tufted material or decorative materials such as wallpaper, vinyl, cloth or the like may be not be used on support rails.
ATTACHMENT A Page 6 of 14
2007 Florida Specific Requirements Supplement Plus 2007 Glitch Amendments Building Volume
C:\Users\BDBLAC~1\AppData\Local\Temp\Florida_supplement_to_2009IBC_with_recmendfinalfiling-2.doc Last printed 7/20/2011 10:31:00 AM
254
1.3009.3 A bench or seat may be installed on the rear wall of the elevator car enclosure, if the bench or seat does not protrude beyond the vertical plane of the elevator car enclosure wall when folded into a recess provided for the bench or seat and, when not in use, the bench or seat automatically folds into the recess. The bench or seat must be capable of supporting a live load of at least 250 pounds (113.4 kg) on any 12-inch by 12-inch (305 mm by 305 mm) area. A padded, tufted or other decorative material may not be used to cover the bench or seat; or may the bench or seat encroach on the minimum clear inside-car dimensions specified in this section.
This section applies only to elevators available for the transportation of the public. This section does not apply to elevators restricted by key or similar device to a limited number of persons in a building that has an elevator that otherwise meets the requirements of this section or to elevators used only for the transportation of freight. However, elevators that are used as freight and passenger elevators for the public and employees must comply with this section. This section does not apply to dumbwaiters or escalators.
This section supersedes all other state regulations and local ordinances and rules affecting the accessibility of passenger elevators to the physically handicapped, and the standards established by this section may not be modified by municipal or county ordinance.
[3472] Section 3010 Serial Numbers. Add to read as shown. SECTION 3010 SERIAL NUMBERS
3010.1 Serial numbers. Each elevator shall have a serial number assigned by the division or authority having jurisdiction painted on or attached to the elevator car in plain view and also to the driving mechanism. This serial number shall be shown on all required certificates and permits.
3010.1.1. Certificates of operation must be posted in a conspicuous location in the elevator and shall contain the text of Section 823.12, Florida Statutes relating to the prohibition against smoking in elevators. The certificate must be framed with a transparent cover.
3010.1.2. In addition to Item 3, t The designation “NO SMOKING” along with the international symbol for no smoking shall be conspicuously displayed within the interior of the elevator in the plain view of the public.
3010.1.3. The following ASME A17.1, rule is hereby amended to read as follows:
ATTACHMENT A Page 7 of 14
2007 Florida Specific Requirements Supplement Plus 2007 Glitch Amendments Building Volume
C:\Users\BDBLAC~1\AppData\Local\Temp\Florida_supplement_to_2009IBC_with_recmendfinalfiling-2.doc Last printed 7/20/2011 10:31:00 AM
255
a. Rule 2.29.1 amend to add the following to the rule: "Each car in a multicar group shall be sequentially identified from left to right, as viewed from the elevator lobby."
b. Rule 2.7.3.1 of the ASME A17.1, which is amended to read as follows: “Rule 2.7.3.1 General Requirements. A permanent, safe and convenient means of access to elevator machine rooms and overhead machinery spaces shall be provided for authorized persons. The key to the machine rooms and overhead machinery spaces shall be kept on the premises at all times and readily available for use by State of Florida certified Elevator Inspectors.”
c. Rule 3.11.3 of ASME A17.3 is amended to read as follows:
NOTE: Updates to the Safety Code for Existing Elevators and Escalators ASME A17.1 and ASME A17.3 which require Phase II Firefighters’ Service shall apply except where section 399.02(9) Florida Statute states Phase II Firefighters' Service on elevators may not be enforced until July 1, 2015, or until the elevator is replaced or requires major modification, whichever occurs first, on elevators in condominiums or multifamily residential buildings, including those that are part of a continuing care facility licensed under chapter 651, or similar retirement community with apartments, having a certificate of occupancy by the local building authority that was issued before July 1, 2008. This exception does not prevent an elevator owner from requesting a variance from the applicable codes before or after July 1, 2015. This subsection does not prohibit the division from granting variances pursuant to s. 120.542, Florida Statute. (A1)
[3473 A6] c. Rule 2.27.8 Switch Keys, of ASME A17.1, is amended to read as follows: “The switches required by Rule 211.2 through 211.5, for all elevators in a building, must be operable by the same keys. This key must not be part of a building master key system. There must be a key for the designated level switch and for each elevator in the group. These keys must be kept on the premises at all times in a location readily accessible to authorized personnel, and state elevator inspectors, but not where the key is available to the general public. NOTE: (RULE 2.27.8): Local authorities may specify a uniform keyed lock box to contain the necessary keys.” d. Rule 6.1.6.1 Starting Switch of ASME A17.1, is amended to read as follows: “Starting switches must be of the key-operated type and must be located so that the escalator steps are within sight. Automatic starting by any means is prohibited. The key for the starting switches must be kept on the premises at all times in a location readily available to authorized personnel and state elevator inspectors, but not where the key is available to the general public.” e. Rule 2.2.2.4 Drains connected directly to sewers shall not be installed in elevator pits. Where drains are not provided to prevent the accumulation of water, a sump of adequate size and depth to accommodate a pump shall be provided, with or without a pump.
ATTACHMENT A Page 8 of 14
2007 Florida Specific Requirements Supplement Plus 2007 Glitch Amendments Building Volume
C:\Users\BDBLAC~1\AppData\Local\Temp\Florida_supplement_to_2009IBC_with_recmendfinalfiling-2.doc Last printed 7/20/2011 10:31:00 AM
256
Section 3011 Electrolysis Protection for Underground Hydraulic elevator Cylinders. Add to read as shown. SECTION 3011 ELECTROLYSIS PROTECTION FOR UNDERGROUND HYDRAULIC ELEVATOR CYLINDERS 3011.1 Electrolysis protection for underground hydraulic elevator cylinders. All newly installed underground hydraulic pressure cylinders shall be encased in outer plastic containment to minimize electrolytic corrosion between the metal cylinder and ground cathode.
1.3011.1.1 The plastic casing shall be capped at the bottom, and all joints must be solvent or heat welded to ensure water tightness.
2.3011.1.2 The plastic casing shall be constructed of polyethylene or polyvinyl chloride (PVC). The plastic pipe wall thickness must not be less than 0.125 inch (3.175 mm).
3.3011.1.3 The neck of the plastic casing shall have a means of inspection provided to monitor the annulus between the pressurized hydraulic cylinder and the protective plastic casing.
4.3011.1.4 Replacements of existing hydraulic cylinders shall be protected by the aforementioned method where existing physical dimensions permit.
(3476 A1) Section 3012 Bulletin Boards. Add to read as shown. SECTION 3012 BULLETIN BOARDS
3012.1 Bulletin boards.
1.3012.1.1 Bulletin boards and frames used in elevator cars shall not create any conditions which will be unsafe for users of the elevator car. Users shall include:
a. Disabled persons;
b. Persons confined to wheelchairs; and
c. All other persons who may operate the elevator car in its normal course of use.
ATTACHMENT A Page 9 of 14
2007 Florida Specific Requirements Supplement Plus 2007 Glitch Amendments Building Volume
C:\Users\BDBLAC~1\AppData\Local\Temp\Florida_supplement_to_2009IBC_with_recmendfinalfiling-2.doc Last printed 7/20/2011 10:31:00 AM
257
2.3012.1.2 Bulletin boards shall not protrude more than 1 inch (25.4 mm) beyond the vertical line of the car wall. They shall not encroach on any clearances required to be maintained in the elevator by Chapter 399, Florida Statutes, and ASME A17.1.
3.3012.1.3 Bulletin boards shall be framed and all edges must be smooth and rounded. No sharp edges of any kind shall protrude.
4.3012.1.4 A glass or plastic cover shall be provided. Glass, if used, must meet the following requirements:
a. Be laminated;
b. Meet the requirement for laminated glass as set forth in ANSI Z97.1;
c. The cover shall be securely held in place by the frame.
5.3012.1.5 The frame and bulletin board shall be permanently fastened to the car wall in such a manner so that all parts including the cover in place will withstand any and all tests required of the elevator.
6.3012.1.6 All materials used shall be fire resistive equal to the requirements of the cab enclosure.
7.3012.1.7 The bottom of the bulletin boards shall not be less than 5 feet (1524 mm) above the cab floor, and the total area shall not exceed 4 square feet (0.37 m2).
[3477] Section 3013 Alterations to Electric and Hydraulic Elevators and Escalators. Add to read as shown. SECTION 3013 ALTERATIONS TO ELECTRIC AND HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS AND ESCALATORS 3013.1 Alterations to electric and hydraulic elevators and escalators. 1. In addition to the alterations set forth in Rule 8.10.3.3.2 and Rule 8.10.2.3.2 ASME A17.1, the following alterations require, in addition to a construction permit, that inspections and tests be performed to determine conformance with ASME A17.1, rules cited below:
ALTERATIONS Electric Elevators Hydraulic Elevators (a) Addition of elevator to existing hoistway (new installation)
8.7.2.1.2 8.7.2.1.2
(b) Brake (replacements of existing drive, machine brake by a new brake)
2.24 —
(c) Buffer (addition of oil buffer) 8.7.2.23 8.7.2.27 (d) Driving machine (replacement of) 8.7.2.25.1 8.7.3.23
ATTACHMENT A Page 10 of 14
2007 Florida Specific Requirements Supplement Plus 2007 Glitch Amendments Building Volume
C:\Users\BDBLAC~1\AppData\Local\Temp\Florida_supplement_to_2009IBC_with_recmendfinalfiling-2.doc Last printed 7/20/2011 10:31:00 AM
258
(e) Freight elevator converted to passenger service
8.7.2.16.1 8.7.3.27
(f) Rope, replacement in size or number of ropes
8.6.2.5 8.6.2.5
(g) Sheave, driving machine (replacement in size)
8.7.2.25.1 8.7.2.25.1
2. The following alterations require, in addition to a construction permit, that inspections be
performed to determine conformance with ASME A17.1, rule cited below: ALTERATIONS Electric Elevators Hydraulic Elevators
(a) Access Switch (addition of) (b) Automatic transfer device (addition of) (c) Car, door or gate (addition of car door or gate electric contacts)
8.7.2.11.4, 8.7.7.2 8.7.2.14
8.7.3.11, 8.7.7.2 8.7.3.13
(d) Car enclosure 8.7.2.14 8.7.3.13 (e) Car leveling device (addition of) and (trucking device)
8.7.2.27.2 8.7.3.31.2
(f) Control 8.7.2.27.5 8.7.3.31.6 (g) Control equipment 8.7.2.27 8.7.3.31 (h) Controller (existing controller w/new) (excluding dispatching device) (i) Counterweight (change of)
8.7.2.27.4 8.7.3.23
8.7.3.31.5 8.7.3.26
(j) Increase in travel (or decrease) 8.7.2.17.1 8.7.3.22.1 (k) Door, hoistway (replacement of all hoistway doors)
8.7.2.10 8.7.3.10
(l) Escalator, relocation of 8.7.6.1 — (m) Escalator, skirt (switches addition of safety device)
6.1.6 —
(n) Freight elevator permitted to carry passengers
8.7.2.16.3 8.7.3.19
(o) Guide rails (change in type or size) 8.7.2.24 8.7.3.28 (p) Hoistway door, power operation of (addition of)
8.7.2.12 8.7.3.12
(q) Hoistway door locking device (addition of) 8.7.2.11 8.7.3.11 (r) Operation, change in type of 8.7.2.27.6 8.7.3.31.7 (s) Platform, car (complete replacement of) 8.7.2.15.1 8.7.3.14 (t) Roller guide shoe, counter-weight and car (addition of)
8.7.2.22 8.7.2.22
(u) Rope equalizer (addition of) 8.7.2.21.2 8.7.3.25.2 (v) Rope fastening device, auxiliary (addition of)
8.7.2.21.3 8.7.2.21.3
(w) Tank (replacement of) (with different capacity)
— 8.7.3.29
(x) Top of car operating device (addition of) 8.7.2.27.1 8.7.3.31.1
ATTACHMENT A Page 11 of 14
2007 Florida Specific Requirements Supplement Plus 2007 Glitch Amendments Building Volume
C:\Users\BDBLAC~1\AppData\Local\Temp\Florida_supplement_to_2009IBC_with_recmendfinalfiling-2.doc Last printed 7/20/2011 10:31:00 AM
259
Alterations set forth in Part 8, ASME A17.1 to include any change to equipment, including its parts, components, and/or subsystems, other than maintenance, repair, or replacement; require an elevator construction permit, along with documented performance of inspections and tests to determine conformance with ASME A17.1. A repair or replacement of equipment, parts, components or subsystems that requires inspection, tests and independent witnessing in other sections of ASME A17.1 and A18.1 shall also require an elevator construction permit, in accordance with Section 105, Florida Building Code, Building.
[3861] Chapter 31 Special Construction Section 3102 Membrane Structures 3102.1 General. Change to read as shown. 3102.1 General. The provisions of this section shall apply to air-supported, air-inflated, membrane-covered cable and membrane-covered frame structures, collectively known as membrane structures, erected for a period of 180 days or longer. Those erected for a shorter period of time shall comply with the Florida Fire Prevention Code. Membrane structures covering water storage facilities, water clarifiers, water treatment plants, sewage treatment plants, greenhouses and similar facilities not used for human occupancy, are required to meet only the requirements of Sections 3102.3.1 and 3102.7. Membrane structures erected on a building, balcony, deck or other structure for any period of time shall comply with this section. 3102.7 Engineering design. Change to read as shown. 3102.7 Engineering design. The structure shall be designed and constructed to sustain dead loads; loads due to tension or inflation; live loads including wind, snow or flood and seismic loads and in accordance with Chapter 16. Section 3103 Temporary Structures 3103.1 General. Change to read as shown. 3103.1 General. The provisions of this section shall apply to structures erected for a period of less than 180 days. Tents and other membrane structures erected for a period of less than 180 days shall comply with the Florida Fire Prevention Code. Those erected for a longer period of time shall comply with applicable sections of this code. Exception: Provisions of the Florida Fire Prevention Code shall apply to tents and membrane structures erected for a period of less than 180 days. Section 3105 Awnings and Canopies 3105.1 Change to read as shown.
ATTACHMENT A Page 12 of 14
2007 Florida Specific Requirements Supplement Plus 2007 Glitch Amendments Building Volume
C:\Users\BDBLAC~1\AppData\Local\Temp\Florida_supplement_to_2009IBC_with_recmendfinalfiling.doc Last printed 7/20/2011 9:04:00 AM
283
419.4.2.2.6, 420.4.2.2.6, 423.4.7, 423.9.1, 423.25.4, 423.28.2.6.4, 1514.4, 1605.1, 1605.2.2, 1605.3.1.2, 1605.3.2, 1608.1, 1608.3, 1608.3.4, 1608.3.5, 1608.4, 1608.5, 1608.6, 1608.7, 1608.8, 1608.9, 1609.1.1, 1609.1.4.1, Table 1609.3.1, 1609.4, 1609.7.3, 1612.1.3, 1612.2, 1614.1, 1615.1, 1615.2, 1618.4.8, 1618.9, 1619.1, 1619.2.1, 1619.2.2, 1620.1, 1621.1, 1622.1.1, 1626.1, 2002.6
8—02 Specification for the Design of Cold-formed Stainless Steel Structural Members 1604.3.3, 2209.1, 2214.3 Add to read as shown. 11 Guidelines for Structural Condition Assessment of Existing Buildings 1920.3, 2003.2, 2214.3 Add to read as shown. ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc. 1791 Tullie Circle NE Atlanta, GA 30329-2305 Standard reference number Title Referenced in code section number 52.1—92 Gravimetric and Dust-Spot Procedures for Testing Air-Cleaning Devices Used in General
Ventilation for Removing Particulate Matter ASHRAE Handbook—HVAC Applications Table 420.3.13.7
62—01 Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality Table 420.3.13.7 ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers Three Park Avenue New York, NY 10016-5990 Standard reference number Title Referenced in code section number Change to read as shown. A 17.1/CSA B44—07 Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators includes A17.1a in 2008 Addenda 1607.8.1,
3001.1, 3001.2, 3001.4, 3002.5, 3003.2, 3007.1, 3008.3, 3008.11.5, 308.14.1, 3008.1, 3010.1, 3011.1 (3519 A3)
Add to read as shown. A17.1S-05 Supplement to Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators 3001.2 (3519 A3) A 17.3—96 Safety Code for Existing Elevators and Escalators 3001.1, 3001.2, 3001.5 Change to read as shown. A18.1—03 A18.1—08 Safety Standard for Platform Lifts and Stairway Chairlifts
3001.1, 3001.2 Delete text to read as follows: ASME Add to read as shown. A 120.1—01 Safety Requirements for Powered Platforms for Building Maintenance 3001.6 B 18.6.1-97 Wood Screws (Inch Series) 1506.6
ATTACHMENT A Page 13 of 14
2007 Florida Specific Requirements Supplement Plus 2007 Glitch Amendments Building Volume
C:\Users\BDBLAC~1\AppData\Local\Temp\Florida_supplement_to_2009IBC_with_recmendfinalfiling.doc Last printed 7/20/2011 9:04:00 AM
284
A17.1 - 1990 ...........................................................11-4.10
A17.1----(2004) Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators includes A17.1a-in- 2005 Addenda
A90.1 - 03 Safety Standard for Belt Manlifts 3001.2
A120.1—01 Safety Requirements for Powered Platforms for Building Maintenance 3001.6
B20.1 - 2003 Safety Standard for Conveyors and related equipment 3001.2, 3005.3
(3519 A3) ASTM ASTM International 100 Barr Harbor Drive West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959 Standard reference number Title Referenced in code section number 01760—76 Standard Specification for Pressure Treatment of Timber Products Table 1823 A 6/A 6M— 04a Specification for General Requirements for Rolled Steel, Structural Steel Bars, Plates, Shapes, and
Sheet Piling 2214.3 A 29 Standards for General Requirements for Hot-Rolled and Cold-Finished Carbon and Alloy Steel Bars 1827.1 A 252—98(2002) Specification for Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe Piles 1809.3.1, 1810.6.1, 1826.1.5.3 A 306 Carbon Steel Bars Subject to Mechanical Property Requirements 1827.1 A 325—94 Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat-Treated, 120/105 Ksi Minimum Tensile Strength
2214.3 A 361 Specification for Steel Sheet Zinc-Coated (Withdrawn) 2319.17.1.1 A 421/A 421M—02 Specification for Uncoated Stress-Relieved Steel Wire for Prestressed Concrete 1922.4.2, 2103.11.6 A 446 Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process, Structural
(Physical) Quality 1917.4.4 A 490—93 Specification for Heat-Treated, Steel Structural Bolts, 150 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength 2214.3 A 525—87 Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip
Process 1917.4.4, 2214.3, 2517.2, 2517.5.1, 2517.5.4 A570/A570M-98 Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Carbon, Hot-Rolled (withdawn) 1826.1.5.3 A 611 Standard Specification for Structural Steel (SS), Sheet, Carbon, Coil-Rolled 1826.1.5.3, 1917.4.4 A 615/A 615M—04a Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement 1908.1.8, 1920.2, 1920.4, 1922.4.6, 2103.11.1, 2103.11.6 A616/A616M-96a Specification for Rail-Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement
(withdrawn) 1922.4.6
ATTACHMENT A Page 14 of 14
2010 Florida Building Code, Building Glitch Supplement
Chapter 1 - ADMINISTRATION 101.4.7 Accessibility Change to read as shown. 101.4.7 Accessibility. For provisions related to accessibility, refer to Chapter 11 of the Florida Building Code, Building. the Florida Building Code, Accessibility . [CA4598] 102.2.5 add to read as shown. 102.2.5 (a) Each enforcement district shall be governed by a board, the composition of which shall be determined by the affected localities. (b)1. At its own option, each enforcement district or local enforcement agency may adopt promulgate rules granting to the owner of a single-family residence one or more exemptions from the Florida Building Code relating to: a.(a) Addition, alteration, or repairs performed by the property owner upon his or her own property, provided any addition or alteration shall not exceed 1,000 square feet or the square footage of the primary structure, whichever is less. b.(b) Addition, alteration, or repairs by a nonowner within a specific cost limitation set by rule, provided the total cost shall not exceed $5,000 within any 12-month period. c.(c) Building and inspection fees. 2. However, the exemptions under subparagraph 1. do not apply to single-family residences that are located in mapped flood hazard areas, as defined in the code, unless the enforcement district or local enforcement agency has determined that the work, which is otherwise exempt, does not constitute a substantial improvement, including the repair of substantial damage, of such single-family residences. 3. Each code exemption, as defined in sub-subparagraphs 1.a, b., and c. paragraphs (a), (b), and (c), shall be certified to the local board 10 days prior to implementation and shall only be effective in the territorial jurisdiction of the enforcement district or local enforcement agency implementing it. [CA4824]
104.11.3 Accessibility. Revise to read as shown.
ATTACHMENT B Page 1 of 123
104.11.3 Accessibility. Alternative designs and technologies for providing access to and usability of a facility for persons with disabilities shall be in accordance with Section 11.2.2. provisions of the Florida Building Code, Accessibility.
[CA4599]
Chapter 2 – DEFINITIONS 202 – Revise the following definitions to read as shown.
ACCESSIBLE. See Section 11-3.5. theFlorida Building Code, Accessibility.
ACCESSIBLE ROUTE. See Section 11-3.5. theFlorida Building Code, Accessibility
Accessible Unit. Reserved.See the Florida Building Code, Accessibility.
Dwelling unit or sleeping unit, type A. Reserved. See the Florida Building Code, Accessibility.
Dwelling unit or sleeping unit, type B. Reserved. See the Florida Building Code, Accessibility.
EMPLOYEE WORK AREA. Reserved..See theFlorida Building Code, Accessibility.
Wheelchair space. Reserved. ..See theFlorida Building Code, Accessibility.
[S4678]
DESIGN EARTHQUAKE GROUND MOTION. Reserved. See Section 1613.2.
DESIGNATED SEISMIC SYSTEM. Reserved. See Section 1702.1.
DETAILED PLAIN CONCRETE STRUCTURAL WALL. Reserved. See Section 1908.1.1
MAXIMUM CONSIDERED EARTHQUAKE GROUND MOTION. Reserved. See Section 1613.2.
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS. Reserved. See Section 1613.2.
ORTHOGONAL. Reserved. See Section 1613.2.
SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY. Reserved. See Section 1613.2.
SEISMIC-FORCE-RESISTING SYSTEM. Reserved. See Section 1613.2.
SPECIAL STRUCTURAL WALL. Reserved. See Section 1908.1.1.
[S4658]
ATTACHMENT B Page 2 of 123
FLOOR FIRE DOOR ASSEMBLY. See Section 702.1. A combination of a fire door, a frame, hardware, and other accessories, installed in a horizontal plane, which together provide a specific degree of fire protection to a through opening in a fire rated floor.
[S4659] WIND-BORNE DEBRIS IMPACT RESISTANT PRODUCTS – Change to read as shown.
WIND-BORNE DEBRIS IMPACT RESISTANT PRODUCTS. Those products meeting TAS 201, TAS 202 and TAS 203, or ASTM E 1886 or and ASTM E 1996, or AAMA 506, or SSTD 12, or ANSI/DASMA 115. [S4660] Chapter 3 – USE & OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION 304.1 – 304.3 - Change to read as shown.
SECTION 304
BUSINESS GROUP B
304.1 Business Group B. No change..
304.2 Public and private colleges and universities shall comply with Section 443.
304.3Sections 423(1) and 423(2) are applicable to community Florida colleges shall comply with Section 423.
[SP4764, CA4765]
305 – Change to read as shown.
SECTION 305
EDUCATIONAL GROUP E
ATTACHMENT B Page 3 of 123
305.1 Educational Group E. No change.
305.2 Public and private educational occupancies shall comply with Section 443.
305.3 Public education occupancies shall comply with Section 423.
[SP4764, CA4765]
Chapter 4 – Special Detailed Requirements
403.1.1 Accessibility. Change to read as shown.
403.1.1 Accessibility. For accessibility provisions related to Group B and R occupancies, refer to Sections 11-5, 11-7, 11-9, and 11-11 the applicable sections of the Florida Building Code, Accessibility .
[CA4683]
406.2.2 Clear height. Change to read as shown.
406.2.2 Clear height. The clear height of each floor level in vehicle and pedestrian traffic areas shall not be less than 7 feet (2134 mm). Vehicle and pedestrian areas accommodating van-accessible parking shall be in accordance with Chapter 11. the Florida Building Code, Accessibility .
[CA4684] 412.3.6 Accessibility. Change to read as shown.
412.3.6 Accessibility. Accessibility Sshall be in accordance with the Florida Building Code, Accessibility Chapter 11.
[CA4661] 419.1.2 – Change to read as shown.
ATTACHMENT B Page 4 of 123
419.1.2 A change of ownership of an existing licensed hospital or a change to an existing hospital’s license or a change to a functional use in an existing hospital that does not require new physical plant or design revisions or changes shall not require compliance with this Section. [SP4822] 419.4.2.2.6 – Change to read as shown.
419.4.2.2.6 New light standards and their foundations used for lighting the on-site emergency access route shall be designed to meet the wind load criteria of the American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE 7), 50-year recurrence interval of wind velocity with wind speeds determined from Figure 26.5-1B with appropriate exposure category dependent on site location.
[SP4662] 420.4.2.1 Space standards – add to read as follows: 420.4.2.1 Space standards. 420.4.2.1.1 For planning purposes, each new facility shall provide a minimum of 30 net square feet (2.79 m2) per resident served in the occupied resident area(s). The number of residents to be served is to be determined by the facility administration. 420.4.2.1.2 As determined by the facility, space for administrative and support activities shall be provided for use by facility staff to allow for care of residents in the occupied resident area(s). 420.4.2.1.3 As determined by the facility, space shall be provided for all staff and family members of residents and staff. COMMENT AFTER GLITCH 420.4.2.2.6 – Change to read as shown.
420.4.2.2.6 New light standards and their foundations used for lighting the on-site emergency access route shall be designed to meet the wind load criteria as described in the American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE 7), 50-year recurrence interval of wind velocity with wind speeds determined from Figure 26.5-1B with appropriate exposure category dependent on site location.
[SP4663] 420.4.2.6.2 - add to read as follows: All occupied resident areas and resident support areas shall be supplied with sufficient HVAC as determined by the facility to ensure the health, safety and well being of all residents and staff during and immediately following a disaster. COMMENT AFTER GLITCH
ATTACHMENT B Page 5 of 123
421.3.12 Fire alarm systems. Delete as shown.
421.3.12.1 A fire alarm annunciator panel shall be provided per facility or building at a location that is constantly attended during the facility's hours of operation and shall annunciate a fire alarm from any manual or automatic fire alarm device. The panel shall indicate the zone of actuation of the alarm, and there shall be a trouble signal indicator. Each smoke compartment shall be annunciated as a separate fire alarm zone. A fire alarm system zone shall not include rooms or spaces in other smoke compartments and shall be limited to a maximum area of 22,500 square feet (2090 m2).
[SP4842] 421.3.13 – 421.3.13.7 - delete as shown.
421.3.13 Emergency electric system.
421.3.13.1 A Type 1 essential electrical system shall be provided in ambulatory surgical centers as described in NFPA 99, Health Care Facilities. The emergency power for this system shall meet the requirements of a Level 1, Type 10, Class 8 generator as described in NFPA 110, Emergency Standby Power Systems.
421.3.13.2 In new construction, the normal main service equipment shall be separated from the emergency distribution equipment by locating it in a separate room. Transfer switches shall be considered emergency distribution equipment for this purpose.
421.3.13.3 Switches for critical branch lighting shall be totally separate from normal switching. The devices or cover plates shall be of a distinctive color. Critical branch switches may be adjacent to normal switches. Switches for life safety lighting are not permitted except as required for dusk-to-dawn automatic control of exterior lighting fixtures.
421.3.13.4 There shall be selected life safety lighting provided at a minimum of 1 footcandle (10 lux) and designed for automatic dusk-to-dawn operation along the travel paths from the exits to the public way or to safe areas located a minimum of 30 feet (9.144 m) from the building.
421.3.13.5 A minimum of one elevator serving any patient treatment floor shall be in compliance with Section 421.3.5 of this code and shall be connected to the equipment branch of the essential electric system and arranged for manual or automatic operation during loss of normal power.
421.3.13.6 If a day tank is provided, it shall be equipped with a dedicated low level fuel alarm and a manual pump. The alarm shall be located at the generator derangement panel.
421.3.13.7 Transfer switch contacts shall be of the open type and shall be accessible for inspection and replacement.
[SP4841]
ATTACHMENT B Page 6 of 123
423.10.2.8.7 – Change to read as shown.
423.10.2.8.7 Accessible parking. Parking spaces designated for persons with disabilities shall comply with the ADA,Chapter 11of the Florida Building Code, Accessibility, Building, and Section 316.1955, Florida Statutes.
[SP4687]
423.25.4 Structural standard for wind loads. - Change to read as shown.
423.25.4 Structural standard for wind loads. At a minimum, EHPAs shall be designed for wind loads in accordance with ASCE 7, Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures, Category III (Essential Buildings). Openings withstand the impact of wind-borne debris missiles in accordance with the impact and cyclic loading criteria per SBC/SSTD 12. Based on a research document, Emergency Shelter Design Criteria for Educational Facilities, by the University of Florida for the DOE, it is highly recommended by the department that the shelter be designed using the map wind speed plus 40 mph, with an importance factor of 1.0.
423.25.4 Structural standard for wind loads. At a minimum, EHPAs shall be designed for wind loads in accordance with ASCE 7, Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures, Risk Category IV III (Essential Buildings). Openings shall withstand the impact of wind-borne debris missiles in accordance with the impact and cyclic loading criteria per ASTM E-1886 and, ASTM E-1996, or SBC/SSTD 12. Based on a research document, Emergency Shelter Design Criteria for Educational Facilities, by the University of Florida for the DOE, it is highly recommended by the department that the shelter be designed using the map wind speed plus 40 mph, with an importance factor of 1.0.
[SP4665]
423.25.4.1 Missile impact criteria – Change to read as shown.
423.25.4.1 Missile impact criteria. The building enclosure, including walls, roofs, glazed openings, louvers and doors, shall not be perforated or penetrated by a flying object. For walls and roofs, the missile criteria are is as provided in ASTM E-1886 and, ASTM E-1996, or SBC/SSTD 12.
[SP4664]
423.27.4 Accessibility. – Change to read as shown.
423.27.4 Accessibility. All relocatables constructed, purchased or otherwise acquired by a board after the effective date of these standards shall comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act as modified by Chapter 553, Florida Statutes, Chapter 11Florida Building Code, Accessibility, Building. Relocatables
ATTACHMENT B Page 7 of 123
intended for use at facilities housing up to grades 5 or 6, shall also conform to the federal criteria Accessibility Standards for Children's Environments, which is available from the U.S. Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board.
[SP4688]
423.1-423.27.20 Change to read as shown.
SECTION 423
STATE REQUIREMENTS FOR EDUCATIONAL FACILITIES
[Note: Section 423 (IBC 09) Storm Shelters was moved to Section 442 of this Chapter to maintain formatting. Enhanced Hurricane Protection Areas (EHPA) requirements for public educational facilities are found in Section 423.25.]
423.1 Scope: Public educational facilities. Public educational facilities shall comply with the Florida Building Code and the Uniform Fire Safety Standards Florida Fire Prevention Code as adopted by the State Fire Marshal. These are minimum standards; boards may impose more restrictive requirements. Additional requirements for public educational facilities in Florida, including public schools and public Florida colleges, are found in these standards.
Note: Other administrative and programmatic provisions may apply. See Department of Education Rule 6-2 and Chapter 1013, Florida Statutes.
423.2 Public schools and Florida colleges general requirements.
423.2.1 Owner. Each school board and Florida college board of trustees is deemed to be the owner of facilities within its respective jurisdiction. Boards shall provide for enforcement of the Florida Building Code and the Uniform Fire Safety Standards Florida Fire Prevention Code as adopted by the State Fire Marshal, including standards for health, sanitation, and others as required by law.
ATTACHMENT B Page 8 of 123
423.2.2 Exemption from local requirements. All public educational and ancillary plants constructed by a school board or a Florida college board are exempt from all other state, county, district, municipal, or local building codes, interpretations, building permits, and assessments of fees for building permits, ordinances, road closures, and impact fees or service availability fees as provided in Section 1013.37(1)(a), Florida Statutes.
423.3 Code enforcement.
423.3.1 School boards and Florida college boards. Section 553.80(6), Florida Statutes, provides options for plan review services and inspections by school boards and Florida college boards.
423.3.2 Owner review and inspection. A school board or Florida college board which undertakes the construction, remodeling, renovation, lease, or lease-purchase of any educational plant or ancillary facility, or day labor project, regardless of cost or fund source, shall review construction documents as required by law in Section 1013.38, Florida Statutes, and Section 553.80(6), Florida Statutes, and shall ensure compliance with requirements of law, rule, and the Florida Building Code and the Uniform Fire Safety Standards Florida Fire Prevention Code as adopted by the State Fire Marshal. Section 553.80(6), Florida Statutes, states that district school boards and Florida college boards shall provide for plan review and inspections for their projects. They shall use personnel certified under Part XII of Chapter 468, Florida Statutes to perform the plan reviews and inspections or use one of the options provided in Section 1013.38, Florida Statutes. Under this arrangement, school boards and Florida college boards are not subject to local government permitting, plan review, and inspection fees.
423.3.3 Local government review and inspection. As an option to the owner providing plan review and inspection services, school boards and Florida college boards may use local government code enforcement offices who will not charge fees more than the actual labor and administrative costs for the plan review and inspections. Local government code enforcement offices shall expedite permitting. Any action by local government not in compliance with Section 553.80(6), Florida Statutes, may be appealed to the Florida Building Commission, which may suspend the authority of that local government to enforce the Florida Building Code and the Uniform Fire Safety Standards Florida Fire Prevention Code as adopted by the State Fire Marshal on the facilities of school boards and Florida college boards.
ATTACHMENT B Page 9 of 123
423.3.4 Other regulatory agencies. Boards shall coordinate the planning of projects with state and regional regulatory and permitting agencies, as applicable. Other state or local agencies may inspect new construction or existing facilities when required by law; however, such inspections shall be in conformance with the code as modified by this section.
423.3.5 Day labor projects. Any one construction project estimated to cost $300,000 or less where bonafide board employees or contracted labor provide the work. Day labor projects are subject to the same Florida Building Code and the Uniform Fire Safety Standards Florida Fire Prevention Code as adopted by the State Fire Marshal as new construction.
423.3.6 Routine maintenance. Maintenance projects are subject to the same Florida Building Code and Uniform Fire Safety Standards Florida Fire Prevention Code as adopted by the State Fire Marshal as new construction. Chapter 489, Florida Statutes, exempts boards from the use of a licensed general contractor for projects up to $300,000 where bonafide board employees provide the work. Maintenance projects estimated to cost more than $300,000 and which include construction, renovation and/or remodeling, shall be reviewed for compliance with the code.
423.3.7 Certificate of occupancy. New buildings, additions, renovations, and remodeling shall not be occupied until the building has received a certificate of occupancy for compliance with codes that were in effect on the date of permit application.
423.3.8 Reuse and prototype plans shall be code updated with each new project.
423.4 Reference documents. School Boards and Florida College Boards of Trustees. In addition to complying with the Florida Building Code and the Uniform Fire Safety Standards Florida Fire Prevention Code as adopted by the State Fire Marshal, and other adopted standards and this section, public educational facilities and sites shall comply with applicable federal and state laws and rules.
423.4.1 Rule 6-2 [State Requirements for Educational Facilities (SREF) ]. A Florida Department of Education document which includes required design standards, standards for rehabilitation of historical resources, capital outlay project process requirements, and various agencies having jurisdiction during project planning and construction.
423.4.2 Flood Resistant Construction. Educational facilities in flood hazard areas shall comply with ASCE 24.
ATTACHMENT B Page 10 of 123
423.4.3 Florida statutes and state rules. Including, but not limited to, Chapters 1013, 240, 255, 468, 471, 481, 489, 553, 633, and Section 287.055, Florida Statutes, and various state rules as applicable to specific projects.
423.4.4 Accessibility requirements for children's environments. U.S. Department of Justice and the U.S. Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board.
423.4.5 Handbook for public playground safety. Playgrounds and equipment shall be designed and installed using the Handbook for Public Playground Safety by the U. S. Consumer Product Safety Commission, and the ASTM/CPSC Playground Audit Guide as applicable.
423.4.6 ANSI Z53.1. American National Standard Safety Color Code for marking Physical Hazard s, is used in shops where machinery requires marking and safety zones.
423.4.7 ASCE 7. American Society of Civil Engineers.
423.4.8 Life Cycle Cost Guidelines for Materials and Buildings for Florida's Public Educational Facilities, available from the Department of Education, Bureau of Educational Facilities shall be considered.
423.5 Definitions.
423.5.1 "Assembly" occupancies are buildings or portions of buildings used for gatherings of 50 or more persons, such as auditoriums, gymnasiums, multipurpose rooms, classrooms and labs, cafeterias, stadiums, media centers and interior courtyards. Assembly occupancies include adjacent and related spaces to the main seating area, such as stages, dressing rooms, workshops, lobbies, rest rooms, locker rooms, and store rooms. School board and Florida college facilities shall follow the requirements of Uniform Fire Safety Standards Florida Fire Prevention Code as adopted by the State Fire Marshal for assembly spaces.
ATTACHMENT B Page 11 of 123
423.5.2 "Board" means a district school board and a Florida college board of trustees.
423.5.3 "Boiler" is a fuel-fired, heat-producing appliance with a minimum input capacity of (60,000) Btu per hour and intended to supply hot water or steam. Boilers and the inspection of boilers shall comply with the Boiler Safety Act of 1987.
423.5.4 "Certificate of occupancy" is documentation issued by an authority having jurisdiction which indicates inspection and approval of completion of a construction project pursuant to the requirements of Florida law.
423.5.5 "Courtyard" is a court or enclosure adjacent to, or surrounded by, a building(s) and/or walls.
423.5.5.1 "Exterior courtyard" is a courtyard which is not roofed, has a minimum width of 40 feet (1219 mm), and
a. has an opening a minimum width of 40 feet (1219 mm), with no obstructions, on at least one end, or
b. has fences between the buildings for security purposes, and the required exiting capacity of the courtyard is provided for by means of doors or gates from the courtyard.
An exterior courtyard may be considered exterior space and used for exiting of adjacent spaces. For an exterior courtyard with an opening between 40 feet (1219 mm) and 60 feet wide (18 288 mm), the building walls and wall openings must meet the requirements of Florida Building Code, Building Tables 601 and 602 and the maximum travel to the courtyard opening/exit shall not exceed 150 feet (45,720 mm) from any point within the courtyard. If the minimum courtyard width exceeds 60 feet (18 288 mm), the travel distance to a courtyard opening/exit may exceed 150 feet (945 720 mm).
423.5.5.2 "Enclosed courtyard" is a courtyard which is not roofed by more than 50 percent of the courtyard area and which is substantially surrounded by a building(s) on two sides or more
ATTACHMENT B Page 12 of 123
and each opening to the exterior is less than 40 feet (1219 mm) in width. The courtyard area shall be calculated for maximum occupancy as an assembly space and the number and size of remotely located exits shall be calculated for the maximum possible load. The maximum possible load is the greater of the calculated capacity of the courtyard or the load imposed by the surrounding spaces. An enclosed courtyard may be used as a component of exit access provided that the walls and wall openings meet the requirements of Florida Building Code, Building Tables 601 and 602 and the maximum travel to the exit discharge does not exceed 150 feet (45 720 mm) from any point within the enclosed courtyard. An enclosed courtyard cannot serve as the exterior for exiting or for emergency rescue openings.
423.5.5.3 "Roofed courtyard" is a courtyard which is roofed by more than 50 percent of the courtyard area in any manner. Courtyards may be used for assembly spaces and may not be used as a component of exiting from adjacent spaces.
423.5.6 "Facility" is additionally defined as follows:
423.5.6.1 "Ancillary facility" is a building or other facility necessary to provide district-wide support services, such as an energy plant, bus garage, warehouse, maintenance building, or administrative building.
423.5.6.2 "Ancillary plant" is buildings, site, and site improvements necessary to provide district-wide vehicle maintenance, storage, building maintenance activities, or administrative functions necessary to provide support services to an educational program.
423.5.6.3 "Auxiliary facility" consists of the support spaces located at educational facilities and plants which do not contain student stations but are used by students, such as libraries, administrative offices, and cafeterias.
423.5.6.4 "Educational facility" consists of buildings and equipment, structures, and special educational use areas that are built, installed, or established to serve primarily the educational purposes and secondarily the social and recreational purposes of the community.
ATTACHMENT B Page 13 of 123
423.5.6.5 "Educational plant" comprises the educational facilities, site, and site improvements necessary to accommodate students, faculty, administrators, staff, and the activities of the educational program.
423.5.6.6 "Existing facility" is a facility owned, rented or leased.
423.5.6.7 "Leased facility" is a facility not owned, but contracted for use.
423.5.6.8 "Permanent facility" is a facility designed for a fixed location.
423.5.6.9 "Relocatable/portable facility" is a building which is designed with the capability of being moved to a new location.
423.5.6.10 "Modular facility" is a structure which, when combined with other modules and/or demountable roof and/or wall sections, forms a complete building. This facility may be relocatable.
423.5.7 "Maintenance and repair" is the upkeep of educational and ancillary plants including, but not limited to, roof or roofing replacement, short of complete replacement of membrane or structure; repainting of interior or exterior surfaces; resurfacing of floors; repair or replacement of glass and hardware; repair or replacement of electrical and plumbing fixtures; repair of furniture and equipment; replacement of system equipment with equivalent items meeting current code requirements providing that the equipment does not place a greater demand on utilities, structural requirements are not increased, and the equipment does not adversely affect the function of life safety systems; traffic control devices and signage; and repair or resurfacing of parking lots, roads, and walkways. Does not include new construction, remodeling, or renovation, except as noted above.
423.5.8 "New construction" is any construction of a building or unit of a building in which the entire work is new. An addition connected to an existing building is considered new construction.
ATTACHMENT B Page 14 of 123
423.5.9 "Open plan building" is any building which does not have corridors defined by permanent walls and is entirely open or divided by partitions which may be easily rearranged.
423.5.10 "Open plan instructional space" is an arrangement of two or more class areas with no permanent partitions or wall separations.
423.5.11 "Owner" of facilities within a repective jurisdiction consists of each school board and Florida college board of trustees is deemed to be the owner of facilities within its respective jurisdiction.
423.5.12 "Permit" for construction is documentation issued by an authority having jurisdiction which indicates approval of construction plans prepared pursuant to the requirements of Florida law.
423.5.13 "Remodeling" is the changing of existing facilities by rearrangement of space and/or change of use. Only that portion of the building being remodeled must be brought into compliance with the Florida Building Code and Uniform Fire Safety Standards Florida Fire Prevention Code as adopted by the State Fire Marshal unless the remodeling adversely impacts the existing life safety systems of the building.
423.5.14 "Renovation" is the rejuvenating or upgrading of existing facilities by installation or replacement of materials and equipment. The use and occupancy of the spaces remain the same. Only that portion of the building being renovated must be brought into compliance with the Florida Building Code and Uniform Fire Safety Standards Florida Fire Prevention Code as adopted by the State Fire Marshal unless the renovation adversely impacts the existing life safety systems of the building.
423.5.15 "Separate atmosphere" is the individual volumes of air in a building which are divided by smoke proof barriers to limit contamination of the air by smoke and fumes during a fire.
423.5.16 "Separate building" for the purpose of separate fire alarm systems or sprinkler systems is a structure separated from other buildings by 60 feet (18 288 mm) or more, or as required by other sections of this code.
ATTACHMENT B Page 15 of 123
423.5.17 Florida college is a public community college, public college, state college, or public junior college.
423.5.18 "Student-occupied space" is any area planned primarily for use by six or more students.
423.6 Administration of public education projects.
423.6.1 Occupancy during construction. School board and Florida college board facilities, or portions of facilities, shall not be occupied during construction unless exits, fire detection and early warning systems, fire protection, and safety barriers are continuously maintained and clearly marked at all times. Construction on an occupied school board site shall be separated from students and staff by secure barriers. Prior to issuance of the notice to proceed, a safety plan shall be provided by the contractor which clearly delineates areas for construction, safety barriers, exits, construction traffic during the various phases of the project and when conditions change. Where heavy machinery, as is used for earth moving or scraping, is required to work on a school board's occupied site, the work shall be separated from occupants by secure double barriers with a distance of 10 feet (3048 mm) in between. New construction, remodeling or renovations in existing facilities shall not reduce the means of egress below the requirements for new buildings; safe means of egress from a student-occupied space may be accomplished as authorized by NFPA 101, Florida edition as adopted by the Florida Fire Prevention Code. New construction (additions) shall not block or reduce safe means of egress.
423.6.2 Contractor toxic substance safety precautions. When hazardous chemicals as defined by 29 CFR 1910.1200, OSHA Hazard Communication Standard are to be used during the maintenance, renovation, remodeling, or addition to an existing facility, the contractor shall notify the administrator in writing at least three working days before any hazardous chemical is used. The notice shall indicate the name of each of the hazardous chemicals to be used, where and when they will be used, and a copy of a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for each hazardous chemical. The contractor shall comply with the safety precautions and handling instructions set forth in the MSDS. Copies of hazardous waste manifests documenting disposal shall be provided to the facility's administrator who will notify occupants of the anticipated presence of toxic substances during the maintenance, renovation, remodeling, or addition to an existing facility.
423.6.3 Flammable or explosive substances. No flammable or explosive substances or equipment shall be introduced during a remodeling or renovation project in a facility of normally low or ordinary hazard classification while the building is occupied.
ATTACHMENT B Page 16 of 123
423.7 Life safety.
423.7.1 Separate exits. In assembly occupancies, each required exit must exit into a separate atmosphere or to the exterior, to be considered as a separate exit.
423.7.2 Exit access. Exit access shall not be through a toilet room, storage room, or similar space, or any space subject to being locked.
423.7.3 Location of fire extinguishers and blankets. Fire extinguishers may be located inside student-occupied spaces provided they are placed adjacent to the primary exit door, and the room door remains unlocked when the facility is occupied, and a permanently affixed sign, with a red background and white letters, reading "FIRE EXTINGUISHER INSIDE" is placed on the outside adjacent to the door. Fire extinguisher cabinets shall not be locked. Fire blankets shall be located in each laboratory and each shop where a fire hazard may exist. Fire extinguishers and fire blankets shall be readily accessible and suitable for the hazard present and shall not be obstructed or obscured from view. Extinguishers and blankets shall be on hangers or brackets, shelves, or cabinets so that the top of the extinguisher or blanket is not more than 54 inches (1318 mm) above finish floor (AFF) and complies with state and federal accessibility requirements. All extinguishers shall be installed and maintained in accordance with NFPA. Extinguishers shall remain fully charged and operable at all times and have a current tag to indicate compliance.
423.7.4 Common fire alarm. Buildings within 60 feet (18 288 mm) of each other shall have a common fire alarm system. Emergency shelters shall have the fire alarm panel located in the space identified as the shelter manager's office.
423.7.5 Fire alarm sending stations. Sending stations may be located inside student-occupied spaces, adjacent to the primary exit door only if the door to the occupied space is unlocked at all times while the facility is occupied. When located inside a student occupied space, a permanently affixed sign reading "FIRE ALARM PULL STATION INSIDE" shall be placed outside that space adjacent to the door. This sign shall have a red background with white letters. Sending stations shall be mounted to meet accessibility requirements.
ATTACHMENT B Page 17 of 123
423.7.6 Automatic shut off. The fire alarm system shall shut off gas and fuel oil supplies which serve student-occupied spaces or pass through such spaces. The shutoff valve shall be located on the exterior at the service entrance to the building. The shutoff valve shall be of the manual reset type.
423.7.6.1 Kitchen gas supplies. Kitchen gas supplies shall be shut-off by activation of the kitchen hood fire suppression system. The shut-off valve shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.
423.7.6.2. Emergency power. The fire alarm system shall not shut off gas supplies which serve emergency power sources.
423.7.7 Unoccupied rooms and concealed spaces. Rooms or spaces for storage, custodial closets, mechanical rooms, spaces under stages with wood structures and other unoccupied or unsupervised spaces in a building shall have automatic fire alarm system detector devices installed. Any concealed space with exposed materials having a flame spread rating greater than Class A, including crawl spaces under floors, interstitial spaces between ceiling and floor or roof above and attic spaces, shall be equipped with heat detector devices. Smoke and heat detector devices shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 72.
423.7.7.1 Fully sprinklered buildings. In fully sprinklered buildings, fire alarm detection devices are not required except where specified in the Florida Fire Prevention Code.
423.7.8 Boiler rooms. Each boiler room shall be separated from the remainder of the building by one hour fire rated construction or shall be separate from other buildings by 60 feet (18 288 mm), and shall have an out-swinging door opening directly to the exterior. A fire door swinging into the boiler room shall also be provided for any opening into the interior of the building. There shall be no opening into any corridor or area designed for use by students.
423.8 General requirements for new construction, additions, renovation, and remodeling.
423.8.1 Codes and standards. Educational facilities owned by school boards and Florida college boards shall meet the construction requirements of the Florida Building Code and the Uniform Fire Safety Standards Florida Fire Prevention Code as adopted by the State Fire
ATTACHMENT B Page 18 of 123
Marshal, state and federal laws and rules, and this section for Florida's public educational facilities for new construction, remodeling and renovation of existing facilities. This is a minimum standard; boards may impose more restrictive safety and level of quality standards for educational, auxiliary, and ancillary facilities under their jurisdiction, provided they meet or exceed these minimum requirements.
423.8.1.1 Educational occupancy. School board educational facility projects whether owned, lease-purchased or leased shall comply with the educational occupancy and assembly occupancy portions of the above referenced codes as applicable, except where in conflict with this section. The support spaces such as media centers, administrative offices and cafeterias and kitchens located within educational facilities are not separate occupancies.
423.8.1.2 Business occupancy. Florida college board educational facility projects whether owned, lease-purchased or leased shall comply with the business occupancy and the assembly occupancy of the above referenced codes as applicable, except where in conflict with this section.
423.8.1.3 Ancillary facility. School board and Florida college board ancillary facilities such as warehouses or maintenance buildings, shall use the applicable occupancy section of the Florida Building Code and the Uniform Fire Safety Standards Florida Fire Prevention Code as adopted by the State Fire Marshal. Ancillary facilities on educational plant sites shall be separated from the educational facility as required by code.
423.8.2 Space standards. School board and Florida college board facility sizes shall use standards in the "Size of Space and Occupant Design Criteria Table" found in the Department of Education document, "State Requirements for Educational Facilities (SREF)." Exiting from occupied spaces shall comply with Table 1004.1.2 of the Florida Building Code, Building.
423.8.3 Construction type. School board and Florida college buildings including auxiliary, ancillary and vocational facilities shall comply with the following:
423.8.3.1 Noncombustible Type I, II or IV. The minimum construction type for one- and two-story public educational facilities shall be noncombustible Type I, II or IV construction or better.
ATTACHMENT B Page 19 of 123
423.8.3.1.1 Interior nonload-bearing wood studs or partitions shall not be used in permanent educational and auxiliary facilities or relocatable buildings.
Exception: Historic buildings to maintain the fabric of the historic character of the building.
423.8.3.2 Type I. Facilities three stories or more shall be Type I construction.
423.8.3.3 Type IV. When Type IV construction is used, wood shall be exposed and not covered by ceilings or other construction.
423.8.3.4 Exceptions to types of construction:
1. Covered walkways open on all sides may be Type V construction.
2. Single story dugouts, press boxes, concession stands, related public toilet rooms, detached covered play areas, and nonflammable storage buildings that are detached from the main educational facility by at least 60 feet (1829 mm), may be Type V construction.
423.8.4 Standards for remodeling and/or renovation projects. Portions of buildings being remodeled and/or renovated shall be brought into compliance with current required Florida Building Code and the Uniform Fire Safety Standards Florida Fire Prevention Code as adopted by the State Fire Marshal as required by the plan review authority in its best judgment.
423.8.4.1 An automatic fire sprinkler system is not required in existing educational buildings unless 50 percent of the aggregate area of the building is being remodeled.
423.8.5 Leased facilities. Leased facilities shall be brought into compliance with applicable occupancy requirements of the Florida Building Code and the Uniform Fire Safety Standard s as adopted by the State Fire Marshal prior to occupancy.
ATTACHMENT B Page 20 of 123
423.8.6 Asbestos prohibited. The federal Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act, (AHERA) 40 CFR, Part 763, as revised July 1, 1995, prohibits the use of any asbestos containing materials in any public education construction project and requires certification of same by the architect of record.
423.8.7 Life cycle cost guidelines for materials and building systems. An analysis shall be included, as required by Section 1013.37(1), Florida Statutes, which evaluates building materials and systems, life cycle costs for maintenance, custodial, operating, and life expectancy against initial costs, as described in Section 1013(1)(e)4, Florida Statutes. Standards for evaluation of materials are available from the department in a publication entitled Life Cycle Cost Guidelines for materials and Building Systems for Florida's Public Educational Facilities.
423.8.8 Safe school design. School boards should design educational facilities and sites including pre-K through 12, vocational and Florida colleges to enhance security and reduce vandalism through the use of "safe school design" principles. Safe school design strategies are available from DOE/educational facilities and include but are not limited to the following:
423.8.8.1 Natural access and control of schools and campuses.
423.8.8.2 Natural surveillance of schools and campuses both from within the facility and from adjacent streets by removing obstructions or trimming shrubbery.
423.8.8.3 School and campus territorial integrity; securing courtyards, site lighting, building lighting.
423.8.8.4 Audio and motion detection systems covering ground floor doors, stairwells, offices and areas where expensive equipment is stored.
423.8.8.5 Designs which will promote the prevention of school crime and violence. Exterior architectural features which do not allow footholds or handholds on exterior walls, tamperproof doors and locks, nonbreakable glass or shelter window protection system; also landscaping and tree placement should be designed so they do not provide access to roofs by unauthorized
ATTACHMENT B Page 21 of 123
persons. Sections of schools commonly used after hours should be separated by doors or other devices from adjacent areas to prevent unauthorized access. Install locks on roof hatches; apply slippery finishes to exterior pipes.
423.8.8.6 Exterior stairs, balconies, ramps, and upper level corridors around the perimeter of buildings should have open-type handrails or other architectural features to allow surveillance.
423.8.8.7 Open areas, such as plazas, the building's main entrance, parking lots, and bicycle compounds should be designed so they are visible by workers at workstations inside the buildings.
423.9 Structural design.
423.9.1 Load importance factor. Structural design shall comply with code requirements and wind loads as stipulated by the Florida Building Code and the Uniform Fire Safety Standards Florida Fire Prevention Code as adopted by the State Fire Marshal. Design shall be based on ASCE 7, with a wind load importance factor for educational facilities of 1.15.
423.10 Site requirements.
423.10.1 Fencing. Fencing for school board educational plants shall be of a material which is nonflammable, safe, durable, and low maintenance, provides structural integrity, strength and aesthetics appropriate for the intended location. Fences shall have no jagged or sharp projections. Fence heights shall be in compliance with local zoning regulations. Access shall be provided for maintenance machinery. Prohibited materials for nonagricultural educational plants include razor wire, barbed wire and electrically charged systems.
423.10.1.1 Required locations. Fencing is required to separate students from potential harm, and shall be provided in the following locations:
423.10.1.1.1 Kindergarten through grade 12. Exposed mechanical, plumbing, gas, or electrical equipment located on ground level.
ATTACHMENT B Page 22 of 123
423.10.1.1.2 Kindergarten through grade 5. Special hazards as identified by the authority having jurisdiction including retention ponds whose permanent water depth or whose water depth over a 24-hour period exceeds 1 foot (305 mm), deep drainage ditches, canals, highways, and play fields adjacent to roadways.
423.10.1.1.3 Kindergarten through grade 12. All child care and kindergarten play areas.
423.10.2 Walks, roads, drives, and parking areas. Walks, roads, drives, and parking areas on educational and ancillary sites shall be paved. Roads, drives, and parking areas shall be in compliance with Department of Transportation (DOT) road specifications and striped in compliance with DOT paint specifications. All paved areas shall have positive drainage.
423.10.2.1 Covered walks. All buildings in K-12 educational facilities shall be connected by paved walks and accessible under continuous roof cover. New relocatable classroom buildings shall be connected to permanent buildings by paved covered walks where applicable. Roofs for covered walks shall extend 1 foot (305 mm) beyond each side of the designated walkway width. Gutters or other water funneling devices shall prevent storm water from pouring onto or draining across walks.
423.10.2.2 Accessible walks and bridges. Accessible walks shall connect building entrance(s) to accessible parking, public transportation stops, public streets, sidewalks, loading and drop-off zones, and other facilities within the site as required by the accessibility standards. School board sites where educational plants are separated by highways shall be connected by overhead pedestrian bridges.
423.10.2.3 Drainage. Soil, grass, and planting beds shall provide positive drainage away from sidewalks, but shall not fall away at more than a 3-percent gradient slope for a minimum distance of 5 feet (1524 mm) from the edge. The location of all drains, grates, drop inlets, catch basins, other drainage elements and curb cuts shall be out of the main flow of pedestrian traffic.
423.10.2.4 Vertical drops. Walls, railings, or other physical barriers which are at least a minimum 12 inches (305 mm) in height, shall define and protect any vertical drop between joining or abutting surfaces of more than 6 inches (152 mm) but less than 18 inches (457 mm) in height. Any vertical drop of 18 inches (457 mm) or more shall be protected by a wall or guardrail a minimum of 42 inches (1067 mm) in height.
ATTACHMENT B Page 23 of 123
423.10.2.5 Roads and streets. Educational and ancillary site access shall consist of a primary road and another means of access to be used in the event the primary road is blocked. Stabilized wide shoulders of the primary road, unobstructed by landscaping, planters, light fixtures, poles, benches, etc., which allow a third lane of traffic, may satisfy the requirement for the other means of access. Driveways shall not completely encircle a school plant, to allow student access to play areas without crossing roads; vehicular and pedestrian traffic shall not cross each other on the site; bus driveways and parent pick-up areas shall be separated.
423.10.2.6 Bus drives. Bus drives on educational sites shall be designed so that buses do not have to back up. The minimum width shall be 24 feet (7315 mm) for two-lane traffic. The turning radius on educational and ancillary sites and for turning off public access streets shall be as follows: one-way traffic, 60 feet (18 288 mm) minimum measured to the outside curb or edge of the traffic lane; two-way traffic, 60 feet (18 288 mm) minimum measured to the centerline of the road.
423.10.2.7 Vehicle parking areas. Vehicle parking areas shall comply with minimum parking space requirements in this section. Except for parking space requirements to meet federal and state accessibility laws, where alternate transportation or parking arrangements are available the parking area requirements may be reduced from these standards if sufficient justification documentation is provided and if the review authority approves the reduction based on the justification. Over- flow parking areas may utilize alternative parking surfaces which facilitate water absorption rather than runoff when approved for use by the review authority. This requirement usually applies to a percentage of the parking spaces, not all of them.
Exception: Accessible parking spaces shall be hard surface.
423.10.2.8 Minimum parking requirements.
423.10.2.8.1 Faculty and staff. One space for each member.
423.10.2.8.2 Visitors. One space for every 100 students.
423.10.2.8.3 Community clinics where provided. Ten spaces, including one accessible space.
ATTACHMENT B Page 24 of 123
423.10.2.8.4 High schools. One space for every 10 students in grades 11 and 12.
423.10.2.8.5 Vocational schools. One space for every two students.
423.10.2.8.6 Florida colleges. One space for every two students.
423.10.2.8.7 Accessible parking. Parking spaces designated for persons with disabilities shall comply with the ADA, Chapter 11 of the Florida Building Code, Accessibility Building, and Section 316.1955, Florida Statutes.
423.10.3 Site lighting required. Design, construction, and installation of exterior security lighting for educational and ancillary facilities shall be provided for:
423.10.3.1 Auto, bus, and service drives and loading areas.
423.10.3.2 Parking areas.
423.10.3.3 Building perimeter.
423.10.3.4 Covered and connector walks between buildings and between buildings and parking.
423.10.3.5 Lighting for parking areas. Parking area lighting standards shall be designed to withstand appropriate wind loads. Parking areas shall be illuminated to an average maintained horizontal footcandle, measured at the surface as follows:
ATTACHMENT B Page 25 of 123
423.10.3.5.1 Parking areas-1 footcandle (10 lux).
423.10.3.5.2 Covered and connector walks-1 footcandle (10 lux).
423.10.3.5.3 Entrances/exits -2 footcandles (20 lux).
423.10.3.6 Building exteriors. Building exteriors, perimeters, and entrances may be illuminated to the minimum number of footcandles, measured at the surface with a suggested uniformity ratio of 2:1 as follows:
423.10.3.6.1 Entrances-5 footcandles (50 lux).
423.10.3.6.2 Building surrounds-1 footcandle (10 lux).
423.10.3.7 Shielding. Exterior lighting shall be shielded from adjacent properties.
423.10.4 Building setbacks. Building setbacks from the property line, including relocatables, shall, at a minimum, be 25 feet (7620 mm) or shall comply with local setback requirements if less than 25 feet (7620 mm).
423.10.5 School board playgrounds, equipment, and athletic fields. Playgrounds, equipment, and athletic fields shall be accessible, compatible with the educational facility served and shall comply with the following:
423.10.5.1 Kindergarten play areas shall be separated from other play areas, fenced, and shall be directly accessed from the kindergarten classrooms.
ATTACHMENT B Page 26 of 123
423.10.5.2 Playgrounds and equipment shall be designed and installed using the Handbook for Public Playground Safety by the U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission, and the ASTM/CPSC Playground Audit Guide as applicable, resulting in facilities which are safe, structurally sound, verminproof, and do not have jagged or sharp projections.
423.10.5.3 Direct access from the school buildings shall be provided to play areas and athletic fields without crossing public roads, on-site traffic lanes, and parking lots.
423.10.5.4 Related facilities such as toilets, concessions, storage, shower and locker rooms, bleachers, press boxes, observation platforms, scoreboards, and dugouts shall be designed to meet code requirements and the occupant capacity anticipated for the program.
423.10.5.5 Playgrounds shall be evenly graded and sloped to provide surface drainage.
423.10.6 Exterior signage. All permanent and free-standing exterior signs shall be designed to withstand appropriate wind loads. Illuminated signs shall comply with the electrical and installation requirements of the Florida Building Code and Uniform Fire Safety Standards Florida Fire Prevention Code as adopted by the State Fire Marshal.
423.10.6.1 Site signage shall not create visual barriers at entrances, sidewalks, roads or road intersections.
423.10.6.2 Accessible routes, including parking, building directories, building identification, and accessible entrances shall be marked by exterior signage in conformance with federal and state accessibility laws.
423.10.7 Landscaping. Refer to Section 1013.64(5), Florida Statutes, for school board and Florida college requirements. Xeriscape is defined in Section 373.185, Florida Statutes.
423.10.8 Water irrigation systems shall be equipped with soil moisture sensors that will override the irrigation systems cycle when soil contains sufficient moisture.
ATTACHMENT B Page 27 of 123
423.10.9 Transmission line right-of-way. Buildings, play areas, and common use areas shall not be located within a high-voltage power transmission line right-of-way.
423.10.10 School site master plan. New schools planned after the effective date of these standards shall include, as applicable: facility design capacity; floodplain locations; covered accessible walks; infrastructure locations for, and extensions of, technology, telephone, electricity, fire alarm; and, where applicable, water and sewer utilities, and relocatables.
423.11 Wood: fire-retardant treated wood (FRTW). FRTW shall not be used in permanent educational facilities.
Exception: Only FRTW which does not contain ammonium phosphates, sulfates, or halides, may be used in roof structures of noncombustible Type II ancillary facilities as allowed by the Florida Building Code, but only under the following conditions:
423.11.1 Fire-retardant treated wood. All FRTW must meet the requirements of Section 2303.2.
423.11.2 Inspection access panels shall be provided for annual inspection of the condition of the structure and the connectors.
423.11.3 Evidence of compliance shall be provided.
423.12 Roofing.
423.12.1 Class A materials. All roofing materials shall be labeled Class A per ASTM E108 and shall be certified by a nationally recognized independent testing laboratory. All roofing systems shall be installed within the limitations of the test procedure for surfacing, deck cross slope, and combustibility.
ATTACHMENT B Page 28 of 123
423.12.2 Insulation and moisture protection. Insulation, moisture protection, roofing, thermal requirements, fireproofing and firestopping shall be designed and constructed in compliance with the the Florida Building Code and Uniform Fire Safety Standards Florida Fire Prevention Code as adopted by the State Fire Marshal. Cellulose insulation may only be used if it is treated with fire-retardant borate based chemicals; the contractor shall retain bag labels on site for review by building inspector.
423.12.3 Phased installation prohibited. All new installed materials shall be sealed from moisture penetration at the end of each day. The contractor shall provide the architect/engineer (A/E) of record a "final statement of compliance" for the board.
423.12.4 Manufacturer's one-year inspection. The roof shall be inspected by the manufacturer's representative within one year of acceptance by the board.
423.13 Doors and windows.
423.13.1 Doors. All spaces with an occupant load of six or more students, regardless of use, shall have a door opening directly to the exterior, or as required in the Uniform Fire Safety Standards Florida Fire Prevention Code as adopted by the State Fire Marshal, in buildings of three stories or less shall have a rescue window opening directly to the exterior, or shall be fully sprinklered. All doors and gates from spaces with an occupant load of six or more students, regardless of use or location, shall swing in the direction of exit travel, shall be of the side hinged type, and shall always be operable from the inside by a single operation and without a key.
423.13.1.1 Doors for steam rooms, locker rooms, shower rooms and group toilet rooms shall swing in the direction of exit travel, and shall always be operable for exiting from the inside.
423.13.1.2 No mirrors, draperies, curtains, equipment, furnishings, decorations, or other objects which may confuse, obstruct, or conceal the exit or the direction of exit shall be placed to obstruct a means of egress.
ATTACHMENT B Page 29 of 123
423.13.2 Recessed. Doors when fully opened shall not extend into the required exit width of corridors, except for door thickness and required hardware. Doors may either be recessed and hinged to swing 90 degrees, or if flush with corridor wall shall contain a view panel and be hinged to swing 180 degrees.
423.13.3 Special function doors. Special function doors, including balanced doors and overhead doors, shall not be used in a means of egress.
423.13.4 Overhead and sliding security grilles. Security grilles shall have an adjacent side-hinged door swinging in the direction of exit and readily opened from the inside.
423.13.5 Gates. Gates used to secure buildings or used for egress shall be side-hinged and readily opened from the side from which egress is to be made without the use of a key or special tool, or shall have a adjacent side hinged door, or doors as required for occupant load, swinging in the direction of exit and readily opened from the inside without a key.
423.13.6 Hardware. Doors and gates shall be equipped with hardware which will allow egress at all times without assistance. No padlock, chain, hasp, lock, deadbolt, or other device shall be installed at any time on any door used for exiting. Doors which by code require closers and other doors subject to wind exposure shall be equipped with closers to prevent slamming and uncontrolled opening. All doors opening into smoke-tight exit access corridors shall be self-closing or automatic closing. Smoke doors in walls used to divide corridors into separate atmospheres shall be provided with push-pull plates and are not required to have positive latching. As an exception to Section 1008.1.8.6, delayed egress locks may be used in media centers, alternative education centers, and exceptional student education centers. Delayed egress locks are prohibited at time-out rooms at all locations.
423.13.7 Safety glazing: Panels and storefronts. In addition to the requirements of Section 2406.3, the following is considered a hazardous location and requires safety glazing: Glazed panels within 48 inches (1219 mm) of a door, excluding transoms or vertical panels above 6 feet 8 inches (2031 mm).
423.13.7.1 All glazing in hazardous locations shall be safety glazing meeting the requirements of the Florida Building Code, Building, Section 2406.
ATTACHMENT B Page 30 of 123
423.13.7.2 Large glass panels shall be subdivided by a built-in horizontal member or a permanent chair rail not less than 11/2 inches (38 mm) in width, located between 24 and 36 inches (610 and 914 mm) above the floor.
423.13.8 Windows.
423.13.8.1 Natural light and ventilation. Natural light and ventilation requirements for new construction shall be satisfied by windows with operable glazing, providing a net free open area equivalent to 5 percent of the floor area, in all classrooms on the perimeter of buildings, where required by Chapter 1013, Florida Statutes. Auxiliary spaces, music rooms, gyms, locker and shower facilities, laboratories requiring special climate control, and large group instructional spaces having a capacity of more than 100 persons need not have operable windows for the purpose of providing natural light and ventilation. Emergency access, emergency rescue, and secondary means of egress windows may be included in the calculation to comply with this requirement.
423.13.8.2 Projecting and awning windows. Projecting and awning windows shall not be located below door head height if in, or adjacent to, a corridor or walkway.
423.13.8.3 Security/storm screens or grills. If a security/storm screen or grille is installed on the outside of an emergency access, rescue or egress window assembly then that security/storm screen or grille together with the emergency rescue window assembly shall be operable from the inside by a single operation without the use of tools to allow for exit under emergency conditions. The emergency rescue window shall be identified by signage, and the release device shall be readily identifiable.
423.14 Special safety requirements.
423.14.1 Master control switch. In addition to the regular main supply cut-off, each laboratory type space (such as biology, industrial, chemistry, physics, home economics, and electronics labs) equipped with unprotected gas cocks, compressed air valves, water or electric services which are easily accessible to students, shall have master control valves or switches with permanently attached handles, located and accessible within 15 feet (4572 mm) of the instructor's station or adjacent to the door within that space to allow for emergency cut-off of services. The cut-offs shall be in a nonlockable place and the location and operation shall be clearly labeled. Valves shall completely shut off with a one-quarter turn. Computer labs are
ATTACHMENT B Page 31 of 123
exempted from this requirement. (Also, see "Emergency shut off switches," and "Emergency disconnects" requirements under "Electrical.")
423.14.2 Interior signage. Signage is required in educational and ancillary facilities. Design, construction, installation, and location of interior signage and graphics shall comply with the Florida Building Code and the Uniform Fire Safety Standards Florida Fire Prevention Code as adopted by the State Fire Marshal and the following:
423.14.2.1 Emergency rescue windows: Windows for emergency rescue shall comply with NFPA 101, Florida Edition, as adopted by the Florida Fire Prevention Code, shall be operable from the inside by a single operation, and shall be labeled "EMERGENCY RESCUE-KEEP AREA CLEAR."
423.14.2.2 Maximum capacity signs in each space with a capacity of 50 or more occupants. The signs shall be mounted adjacent to the main entrance door.
423.14.2.3 Room name, room number and, if different, FISH inventory numbers shall be provided for each space.
423.14.2.4 A graphic diagram of primary and emergency evacuation routes shall be posted adjacent to the primary exit door from each space occupied by six or more students. The diagram shall clearly indicate, by contrasting color and number, each route of evacuation.
423.14.2.5 Signs necessary to meet accessibility requirements shall be provided.
423.14.2.6 Hazardous work and storage areas shall be identified by appropriate caution signs.
423.14.3 Other potential hazards. Pipes, ductwork, fans, light fixtures, window projections, protruding sharp corners, or other potential hazards shall not be installed below 6 feet 8 inches (2031 mm) AFF. Audio/visual aids in classrooms may be mounted below 6 feet 8 inches (2031 mm) provided they are marked and padded in accordance with accepted safety standards or have permanent cabinets installed below them.
ATTACHMENT B Page 32 of 123
423.14.4 Storage shelving. Shelving shall not have sharp corners, splinters, or any construction feature that would be hazardous to the occupants. Shelving shall be constructed to carry the loads imposed. Shelving in science, labs, and shop storage rooms, and other places which may contain hazardous materials shall have a 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) lip on the front edge of each shelf and shall be constructed of noncorrosive material.
423.14.5 Vertical platform lifts and inclined wheelchair lifts. The following standards are in addition to the other requirements of the Florida Building Code, Florida law, and federal requirements:
423.14.5.1 Lifts shall not reduce the width of required means of egress.
423.14.5.2 Lifts shall have shielding devices to protect users from the machinery or other hazards and obstructions.
423.14.5.3 Lifts shall be key operated for attendant operation in all facilities housing kindergarten to grade 8.
423.14.5.4 Inclined wheelchair lifts may be installed in facilities provided:
423.14.5.4.1 The platform is equipped with bidirectional ramp sensing to stop travel if obstructions are encountered.
423.14.5.4.2 Guide rails are smooth and continuous with no sharp edges or obstructions, all drive system components contain safety features for protection of users, and cables and pulling devices are shielded.
423.14.6 Color code machinery. Working machinery with component parts shall be color-coded per ANSI Z53.1, American National Standard Safety Color Code for marking Physical Hazards. Safety zone lines shall be marked on the floor areas surrounding working machinery.
ATTACHMENT B Page 33 of 123
423.14.7 Anchor equipment. All equipment designed to be permanently mounted shall be securely anchored to its supporting surface.
423.14.8 Interior finishes.
423.14.8.1 Floors. Floors in instructional spaces shall be covered with resilient material or carpet. Floors in gymnasium locker rooms, showers, drying areas, toilet rooms, kitchens, scullerys, food storage areas and can wash areas shall be impervious.
423.14.8.2 Walls. Walls in toilet rooms shall be impervious to a height of at least 4 feet (1219 mm) above the floor. Walls in kitchens, scullerys, can wash areas, and shower rooms shall be impervious to a height of at least 6 feet (1829 mm) above the floor. Toilet and shower partitions shall be impervious.
423.14.8.3 Ceilings. Ceilings in group toilet rooms, kitchens, scullerys, can wash areas, showers and locker rooms shall be impervious.
423.15 Mechanical.
423.15.1 Gas and fluid piping.
423.15.1.1 Flammable liquids/gases. Piping systems for flammable liquids or gases shall not be installed in interior corridors or stairwells.
Exception: Piping may be located within corridors provided that they are enclosed in a minimum 1-hour fire-rated enclosure.
ATTACHMENT B Page 34 of 123
423.15.1.2 Piping systems. Piping (fluid system) shall not be run where students can access the pipes, or in areas such as on roofs where they can be damaged by routine or periodic maintenance activities.
423.15.1.3 Main supply valve. The main supply cut-offs for flammable liquids or gases shall shut down upon activation of the fire alarm system. Refer to the automatic shutoff requirements of Section 423.7.6.
423.15.2 Air plenums. Corridors shall not be used as a supply, return, exhaust, relief, or ventilation air plenum. The space between the corridor ceiling and the floor or roof structure above, if used as a plenum, shall be constructed with the ceiling, floor and walls as a minimum 1-hour fire-rated assembly or as a 1-hour fire-rated horizontal wall supported by the corridor walls.
Exception: A smoke-tight corridor with a solid ceiling may be used in a fully sprinklered building.
423.15.3 Residential equipment. In home economics instructional spaces, faculty lounges, and similar areas where small residential-type ranges are installed for staff use or student education, residential-type hoods mechanically exhausted to the outside shall be used. Hood fire suppression systems are not required to be installed.
423.15.4 Toilet rooms shall be continuously ventilated during building occupancy.
Exception: Individual toilet rooms shall be ventilated continuously during building occupancy or ventilation shall turn off with the light switch and run for at least 10 minutes after the light has been turned off.
423.15.5 Reserved Chemistry laboratories and science classrooms. HVAC systems in chemistry labs and science classrooms shall be designed and installed to ensure that chemicals originating from the space are not recirculated.
Exception: A high capacity emergency exhaust system providing twenty (20) air changes per hour may be used in chemistry laboratories and science classrooms with fume hoods. Positive
ATTACHMENT B Page 35 of 123
ventilation may be provided via doors or windows opening to the exterior. Signs providing operational instructions shall be permanently installed at the emergency exhaust system fan switch and adjacent to the door(s) or window(s) to be opened.
423.15.6 Ventilation air make-up for HVAC systems. Where peak occupancies of less than 3 hours duration occur, the outdoor air flow may be determined on the basis of average occupancy for school buildings for the duration of operation of the air-conditioning system, provided the average occupancy used is not less than one-half the maximum.
423.16 Plumbing.
423.16.1 Standards. Educational and ancillary facilities shall be provided with toilets, hand washing facilities, and drinking fountains for all occupants, in ratios and accessible as required by the Florida Building Code, Florida law, and federal requirements.
Exception: A single unisex toilet room is allowed where provided in child care, pre-kindergarten through grade 3 and ESE classrooms. Unisex toilets shall not be provided in addition to group toilets in assembly occupancies.
423.16.1.1 Assembly occupancies. Toilet facilities for assembly occupancies (i.e. media centers, gymnasums, cafetoriums, and auditoriums) are not required to be in addition to the overall required plumbing fixture count.
423.16.1.2 Location. Student toilets shall be distributed throughout the facility and located on each floor for convenient access and continuous supervision. The path of travel to the nearest toilet facility shall not exceed a distance of 200 feet.
423.16.2 Teacher toilets. In school board facilities, faculty and staff toilets shall be separate from student toilets.
ATTACHMENT B Page 36 of 123
Exception: Separation of faculty/staff and student toilet facilities is not required for Florida colleges.
423.16.3 Public shelter. Refer to the public shelter design criteria of Section 423.25.
423.16.4 Urinals. Trough urinals shall not be installed in any location.
423.16.5 Floor drains and hose bibbs. All group toilet rooms shall be provided with at least one floor drain and one easily accessible hose bibb. The floor shall be sloped down to the drain. Stall urinals shall not serve as the required floor drains.
423.16.6 Exterior entries. Shielding device. The entry to each group toilet room shall be provided with a door, partition, or other shielding device to block from view the occupants in the toilet room. If a door is provided, it shall have a closer and shall swing out in the direction of exit. Exterior entries to toilet rooms shall have outward swinging doors.
423.16.7 Hot water. When hot water is supplied to showers, handwash sinks, lavatories in toilet rooms, a mixing valve shall be installed to control the temperature which shall not exceed 110°F (43°C).
423.16.8 Delayed closing valves. Water supply at toilet room lavatories shall be controlled by delayed-closing valves.
423.16.9 Shower facilities. Showers shall be provided only where required by the district's educational program and, where provided, shall utilize energy saving concepts for hot water as required by Section 1013.44(2), Florida Statutes . When provided, shower areas shall comply with the following:
423.16.9.1 Floor finish shall be slip resistant.
423.16.9.2 Reserved. Floors shall be drained in such a manner that waste water from any shower head will not pass over areas occupied by other bathers.
ATTACHMENT B Page 37 of 123
423.16.9.3 Reserved. Water shall be heated and the temperature at the shower head shall not exceed 110°F (43°C) nor be less than 95°F (35°C).
423.16.9.4 A master control valve shall be provided to control the shower heads. Showers shall be equipped with flow control devices to limit total flow to a maximum of 3 gpm (-19 L/s) per shower head.
423.16.9.5 Shower heads shall be based on the peak load to be accommodated at one time and provided at the ratio of one shower head for each five students, located a minimum of 30 inches (762 mm) apart.
423.16.10 Kitchens. Kitchens and food service areas shall be provided with toilet and hand washing facilities for employees as required by code, state rule and statute.
423.16.10.1 Toilet rooms shall be completely enclosed, have self-closing doors, and shall open into vestibules with self-closing doors. Toilet rooms shall not open directly into food preparation areas, serving areas, or dining areas. A minimum of one water closet and one lavatory, with hot and cold water, shall be provided in each staff toilet.
423.16.10.2 Floor drains. Floor drains shall be provided in the food serving area, kitchen area, scullery, garbage and rubbish rooms, and can wash area.
423.16.11 Dousing shower and eye wash. Every science room, lab, or shop where instructors and students handle materials or chemicals potentially dangerous to human tissue shall be provided with a dousing shower and eye wash for emergency use, including a floor drain.
423.16.12 Floor drains and plumbing fixtures in equipment rooms. No floor drain or other plumbing fixture shall be installed in a room containing air handling machinery when such room is used as a plenum. When rooms are used as a plenum, equipment drains shall be conveyed through an indirect waste receptor located outside such rooms or other approved point of disposal.
ATTACHMENT B Page 38 of 123
423.17 Electrical.
423.17.1 Emergency lighting. Emergency lighting shall be provided at internal and external means of egress, in student-occupied areas, in group toilets, and main electrical rooms.
423.17.2 Electrical rooms and closets. Main service panels and switches, electrical distribution panels, cabinets, and rooms shall be lockable and not readily accessible to teachers or students.
423.17.3 Spare capacity. Lighting and power panels shall be provided with a minimum of 20-percent spare breakers and a minimum of 10-percent spare capacity in all main panels and switchboards.
423.17.4 Emergency shutoff switches. Every laboratory space which has electrical receptacles at student workstations shall have an emergency shutoff switch within 15 feet (4572 mm) of the instructor's workstation. The emergency shut off switch shall be operable by a single motion and shall interrupt power to all receptacles in the room.
Exception: Emergency shutoff switches are not required in computer laboratories.
423.17.5 Emergency disconnect. Each space equipped with electrically powered machinery accessible to students shall have a minimum of two master emergency disconnect switches at convenient locations within the space to shutoff all power tool outlets, power to student accessible machines and receptacles in the shop. One emergency shutoff or disconnect switch shall be located near the machinery and one emergency shutoff or disconnect switch shall be located in the instructor's office if there is a clear view of the entire shop area, others may be required and located as determined by the authority having jurisdiction. The emergency disconnect or shutoff switch shall be operable by a single motion.
Exception: Ordinary office machines, computers, sewing machines, potter's wheels, residential cooking equipment in home economics labs and other nonhazardous machines do not require emergency disconnect devices.
ATTACHMENT B Page 39 of 123
423.17.6 Sauna and steam rooms. A "panic" switch to deactivate power to heating equipment shall be provided inside sauna and steam rooms. The panic switch shall also be tied into an alarm or other approved warning device in a supervised space in the area of the sauna and/or steam room. The operation of the switch shall be labeled to indicate the intended function.
423.17.7 Lightning. All facilities in high lightning risk areas shall be evaluated using the Risk Assessment Guide in NFPA 780 and other standards which address lightning protection, and shall be protected accordingly.
423.17.8 Ground fault interrupter (GFI) receptacles. GFI receptacles shall be installed as required by NFPA 70 of Chapter 27 and in the following locations:
1. All elementary special needs classroom receptacles.
2. All building entry vestibule receptacles.
3. All mechanical, boiler and electrical rooms receptacles.
423.18 Assembly occupancies in public educational facilities.
423.18.1 Occupant capacity for egress shall be in accordance with Table 1004.1.1 except as follows:
423.18.1.1 Dressing Rooms. Dressing rooms at 20 net square feet (2 m2) per person.
423.18.1.2 Gymnasium. The number of fixed and telescopic bench-type bleacher seats plus the main court area at 15 gross square feet (1.4 m2) per person, plus locker rooms at 5 net square feet (.5 m2) per person.
ATTACHMENT B Page 40 of 123
423.18.1.3 Classrooms and labs.. If spaces are combined through the use of folding partitions, the capacity and exiting shall be based on the capacity of all the spaces joined.
423.18.1.4 Small Group Areas in Media Centers Small group room or area (view and preview) in Media Centers at 5 net square feet (.5 m2) per person.
423.18.1.5 Closed circuit television production, distribution, and control. The main floor area at 15 net square feet (1.4 m2) per person.
423.18.1.6 Interior courtyards. The interior courtyard area at 15 gross square feet (1.4 m2) per person. Raised, dedicated landscape areas may be deducted.
423.19 Shade and green houses.
423.19.1 General. Shade/green houses shall be of Type I or II construction (metal frame) capable of withstanding the appropriate wind load.
423.19.2 Unrestricted exiting. The location of the shade/green house shall not hinder exiting from new and/or existing structures.
423.19.3 Required doors. A minimum of two doors remotely located shall be provided. Doors shall be side hinged and shall swing in the direction of egress.
423.19.4 Accessibility. Green houses shall meet accessibility requirements. The accessible walkway shall be connected to doors leading to an accessible route to the permanent structure.
423.19.5 Shade cloth. Shade cloth shall be tear-away fabric securely fastened to the structural frame.
ATTACHMENT B Page 41 of 123
423.19.6 Fire extinguisher. A minimum of one Type 2A-10B:C fire extinguisher shall be provided per shade/green house.
423.19.7 Fire alarm. Fire alarm pull stations shall be located within 200 feet (60 960 mm) of any shade or green house. Fire alarm horns mounted on a permanent building must be audible inside the shade/green house.
423.19.8 Space heaters. Space heaters, when provided, shall be mounted at least 6 feet 8 inches (2031 mm) AFF.
423.20 Storage.
423.20.1 General storage. Storage rooms and closets shall not be located over or under exit stairs and ramps whether interior or exterior. General storage space(s) shall be included in every educational facility for the bulk storage of materials, supplies, equipment, and books. Storage rooms shall be separated from mechanical and electrical spaces. Storage spaces shall be mechanically ventilated and conditioned as appropriate for the type of materials to be stored. Sinks located in general storage rooms shall not be used for custodial services.
423.20.2 Custodial work areas and storage. Provide custodial work areas with well supported shelving for supplies, cleaning, and sanitation materials and an office area including male/female lockers and toilet facilities.
423.20.3 Custodial closets and storage. Custodial closets shall be provided with storage shelving and a service sink supplied with both hot and cold water. They shall be located to serve each instructional floor and wing regardless of floor area, and other areas such as stage, kitchen, gym, auditorium, clinic, offices and shops. The travel distance to the nearest custodial closet shall not exceed 150 feet.
423.20.4 Chemical and hazardous materials storage. In addition to the requirements of the Florida Building Code and the Uniform Fire Safety Standards Florida Fire Prevention Code as
ATTACHMENT B Page 42 of 123
adopted by the State Fire Marshal for separation and protection, chemical and hazardous storage facilities shall also include:
423.20.4.1 Chemical storage. Rooms used for the storage, handling, and disposal of chemicals used in school and community Florida college laboratories shall be vented to the exterior. The ventilation system shall not be connected to the air-conditioning return air system, and the rooms shall be kept at moderate temperatures. Doors shall be lockable from the outside and operable at all times from the inside. Rooms shall be well illuminated. Cabinets shall have shelves with a 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) lip on the front and shall be constructed of noncorrosive material. When vented to the exterior, chemical storage cabinets shall be mechanically vented in accordance with NFPA 30 and NFPA 91.
423.20.4.2 Hazardous materials storage. Buildings and/or rooms used for the storage, handling and disposal of flammable, poisonous, or hazardous materials or liquids, and equipment powered by internal combustion engines and their fuels shall be separated from adjacent spaces by 1-hour fire-rated assemblies. These requirements also apply to completely detached buildings within 60 feet (18 288 mm) of student-occupied facilities. Doors shall have a C Label and open directly to the exterior. Storage buildings and/or rooms shall be mechanically ventilated. Electrical fixtures, switches, heat detectors and outlets installed in flammable storage rooms shall be explosionproof.
423.21 Child care/day care/prekindergarten facilities.
423.21.1 Child care/day care/prekindergarten facilities located on board-owned property shall comply with Florida Building Code and the Uniform Fire Safety Standards Florida Fire Prevention Code as adopted by the State Fire Marshal and the specific criteria in this section. Child care/day care/pre-kindergarten facilities requiring a license from another agency may also be required to comply with additional construction requirements imposed by that agency.
423.21.2 Toilet facilities shall meet accessibility requirements and should open into the instructional space. The toilet may be used by both sexes and shall contain a water closet, lavatory and related accessories.
423.21.3 If child care facilities are provided with a bathing area, it shall be within or adjacent to the child care area and shall contain either a shower with hand-held sprayer or a tub. The water temperature shall be controlled by a mixing valve and shall not exceed 110°F (43°C).
ATTACHMENT B Page 43 of 123
423.21.4 Toilet facilities shall have a non-slip impervious floor and 6-foot (1829 mm) impervious wainscot.
423.21.5 Drinking fountain(s) shall be provided for the children and be within close proximity of the child care facility.
423.21.6 A towel and soap dispenser shall be provided at each sink. Hand wash areas for adults shall be provided with warm water; the water temperature shall be controlled by a mixing valve and shall not exceed 110°F (43°C). All electrical receptacles shall be placed out of reach of the children.
423.21.7 When provided, a residential-type kitchen shall include a nonslip floor, a refrigerator, a residential range, a residential-type range hood mechanically exhausted to the outside, and a fire extinguisher located within 15 feet (457 mm) of the range within the same room.
423.21.8 Areas designated for children's sleeping mats, cots or cribs shall include a clearly marked exit passageway.
423.21.9 The child care facility shall not contain any storage of cleaning agents, chemicals, or other hazardous materials in student accessible areas.
423.21.10 Outdoor play areas shall be provided and shall be protected from access to streets or other dangers. The play area shall be fenced or walled to a minimum height of 4 feet (1219 mm) and any latches on maintenance gates shall be secured or beyond the reach of the children.
423.21.11 Shade shall be provided in the play area (a covered play area may be provided).
423.21.12 Play equipment shall be firmly anchored, free of sharp corners or pointed surfaces, and shall have cushioning surfaces such as mats or sand beneath.
ATTACHMENT B Page 44 of 123
423.21.13 The grounds shall be free of undergrowth or harmful plant material.
423.22 Clinics.
423.22.1 Clinics in kindergarten through grade 12 (K-12), vocational-technical centers (VTC), and full service schools shall comply with the general criteria found in the Florida Building Code and the Uniform Fire Safety Standards Florida Fire Prevention Code as adopted by the State Fire Marshal, as well as the specific criteria found herein. Clinics shall be located and equipped to provide emergency aid to students. Closets and storage cabinets used for medications and bandages shall have locks, and shall be designed to be under constant supervision.
423.22.2 School clinics shall include locked storage, toilet room and shower, and bed space.
423.22.3 Sanitary facilities are required as follows:
423.22.3.1 Elementary school clinics, including kindergarten, shall include at a minimum one accessible toilet room, to serve male and female students, complete with a water closet, lavatory, accessible shower, changing table, and accessories.
423.22.3.2 Secondary and VTC school clinics shall include two accessible toilet rooms complete with water closet, lavatory, accessories and shower.
423.22.3.3 Toilet rooms in clinics shall include both hot and cold water at the showers and all lavatories. The water temperature shall be controlled by a mixing valve and shall not exceed 110°F (43°C).
423.22.3.4 Toilet rooms shall have exhaust fans vented to the exterior.
ATTACHMENT B Page 45 of 123
423.22.3.5 A working counter top with lavatory/sink and hot water shall be provided in each clinic.
423.22.4 The bed area shall be designed to maintain constant visual supervision from the office. Space for student beds shall be provided in each clinic at 50 square feet (5 m2) per bed. Space for beds in secondary and VTC schools shall be equally divided for male and female students. Beds shall be provided based on student capacity in the following ratios:
423.22.4.1 Up to 500 students-three beds.
423.22.4.2 501 to 1,000 students-four beds.
423.22.4.3 1,001 to 2,000 students-five beds.
423.22.4.4 Over 2,000-six beds.
423.22.5 Full-service school health clinics.
423.22.5.1 Location. Clinics shall be located to provide a direct accessible route from the exterior and from the interior or by a connecting covered walk.
423.22.5.2 Parking. Clinics shall be provided with 10 designated parking spaces immediately adjacent to the clinic, one of which shall be accessible to persons with disabilities.
423.22.5.3 Sanitary facilities. Sanitary facilities are required as follows:
ATTACHMENT B Page 46 of 123
423.22.5.3.1 Full-service school clinics shall include one accessible toilet room for males and one for females, complete with water closet, lavatory, accessories, and shower. Additional toilets may be required for a full-service school clinic depending on occupant load and program.
423.22.5.3.2 Hot and cold water shall be provided at the showers and lavatories. The water temperature shall be controlled by a mixing valve and shall not exceed 110°F (43°C).
423.22.5.3.3 Toilet rooms shall have exhaust fans vented to the exterior.
423.22.5.3.4 A nurses' station shall be provided with a working counter with lavatory/sink and be located so as to maintain visual supervision of the bed area.
423.22.5.4 Locked storage rooms shall be provided for a refrigerator, files, equipment, and supplies.
423.22.5.5 Data outlets shall be provided for computer hook-ups and computer networking and additional electric outlets shall be provided for hearing and vision testing machines.
423.23 Kilns. Kiln rooms and areas shall be provided with adequate exhaust to dispel emitted heat to the exterior, and they shall not be connected to any other exhaust system. Kilns shall not be located near or adjacent to paths of egress or exit and shall be placed in separate rooms when serving students through grade 3. Kiln rooms shall be provided with appropriate smoke/heat detectors connected to the fire alarm system.
423.24 Open plan schools. An open plan building or portion of a building may be subdivided into smaller areas by use of low partitions [maximum 5 feet high (1524 mm)], movable partitions, or movable furnishing, which by location and type do not hinder or obstruct the ability of persons in one area of the plan to be immediately aware of an emergency condition in any other area of the plan. Corridors shall be identified with different color or type of flooring materials, by permanent low partitions or by other means to prevent blockage of the path of egress to exits by partitions or furniture. When open plan schools are partitioned, the work shall conform to the code requirements for new construction. Demountable or movable partitions in open plan classroom areas shall be a maximum of 5 feet (1524 mm) in height and shall terminate a minimum of 5 feet (1524 mm) from any permanent wall. All circulation openings in open plan
ATTACHMENT B Page 47 of 123
areas shall be a minimum of 5 feet (1524 mm) wide. Movable furnishings shall not exceed 5 feet (1524 mm) in height and shall have a stable base.
423.25 Public shelter design criteria.
423.25.1 New facilities. New educational facilities for school boards and Florida college boards, unless specifically exempted by the board with the written concurrence of the applicable local emergency management agency or the Department of Community Affairs (DCA), shall have appropriate areas designed as enhanced hurricane protection areas (EHPAs) in compliance with this section.
Exception: Facilities located, or proposed to be located, in a Category 1, 2, or 3 evacuation zone shall not be subject to these requirements.
423.25.1.1 Enhanced hurricane protection areas (EHPA). The EHPA areas shall provide emergency shelter and protection for people for a period of up to 8 hours during a hurricane.
423.25.1.1.1 The EHPA criteria apply only to the specific portions of (K-12) and Florida college educational facilities that are designated as EHPAs.
423.25.1.2 The EHPAs and related spaces shall serve the primary educational or auxiliary use during non-shelter occupancy.
423.25.2 Site. Factors such as low evacuation demand, size, location, accessibility and storm surge may be considered by the board, with written concurrence of the local emergency management agency or the DCA, in exempting a particular facility.
423.25.2.1 Emergency access. EHPAs shall have at least one route for emergency vehicle access. The emergency route shall be above the 100-year floodplain. This requirement may be waived by the board, with concurrence of the local emergency management agency or the DCA.
ATTACHMENT B Page 48 of 123
423.25.2.2 Landscaping. Landscaping around the EHPAs shall be designed to preserve safety and emergency access. Trees shall not conflict with the functioning of overhead or underground utility lines, or cause laydown or impact hazard to the building envelope.
423.25.2.3 Parking. During an emergency condition, vehicle parking shall be prohibited within 50 feet (15 240 mm) of an EHPA. Designated EHPA parking areas may be unpaved.
423.25.2.4 Signage. Floor plans of the facility, indicating EHPAs, shall be mounted in the emergency manager's office/area.
423.25.3 Design. EHPAs may be above or below ground and may have more than one story, provided the design satisfies the wind load and missile impact criteria. Modular and open-plan buildings may serve as EHPAs provided the design satisfies the wind load and missile impact criteria.
423.25.3.1 Excluded spaces. Spaces such as mechanical and electrical rooms, storage rooms, open corridors, kitchens, science rooms and labs, vocational shop areas and labs, computer rooms, attic and crawl spaces shall not be used as EHPAs.
423.25.3.2 Capacity. Fifty percent of the net square feet of a designated educational facility shall be constructed as EHPAs. The net square feet shall be determined by subtracting from the gross square feet those spaces, such as mechanical and electrical rooms, storage rooms, open corridors, kitchens, science rooms and labs, vocational shop areas and labs, computer rooms, attic and crawl spaces that shall not be used as EHPAs. The board, with concurrence of the applicable local emergency management agency or DCA, may adjust this requirement if it is determined to be in its best interest. The capacity of an EHPA shall be calculated at 20 square feet (2 m2) per occupant (adults and children five years or older).
423.25.3.3 Toilets. Toilet and hand washing facilities should be located within the EHPAs and provided at one toilet and one sink per 40 occupants. These required toilet and hand-washing facilities are not in addition to those required for normal school occupancy and shall be included in the overall facility fixture count.
ATTACHMENT B Page 49 of 123
423.25.3.3.1 Support systems for the toilets, e.g., bladders, portable toilets, water storage tanks, etc., shall be capable of supplying water and containing waste, for the designed capacity of the EHPAs.
423.25.3.3.2 Plumbing and valve systems of "normal" toilets within the EHPAs may be designed for conversion to emergency operation to meet the required demand.
423.25.3.4 Food service. Where feasible, include counter tops for food distribution functions in the EHPAs.
423.25.3.5 Manager's office. An administration office normally used by a school administrator shall be identified as the EHPA manager's office and shall be located within the EHPA. The office shall have provisions for standby power, lighting, communications, main fire alarm control panel and storage for the manager's equipment.
423.25.4 Structural standard for wind loads. At a minimum, EHPAs shall be designed for wind loads in accordance with ASCE 7, Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures, Category III (Essential Buildings) . Openings shall withstand the impact of wind-borne debris missiles in accordance with the impact and cyclic loading criteria per ASTM E-1886, and ASTM E-1996 or SBC/SSTD 12. Based on a research document, Emergency Shelter Design Criteria for Educational Facilities, by the University of Florida for the DOE, it is highly recommended by the department that the shelter be designed using the map wind speed plus 40 mph, with an importance factor of 1.0.
423.25.4.1 Missile impact criteria. The building enclosure, including walls, roofs, glazed openings, louvers and doors, shall not be perforated or penetrated by a flying object. For walls and roofs, the missile criteria is as provided in ASTM E-1886, and ASTM E-1996 or SBC/SSTD 12.
423.25.4.1.1 Materials used for walls, roofs, windows, louvers, and doors shall be certified for resistance to missile impact criteria.
423.25.4.1.2 The glazed openings or permanent protective systems over glazed openings shall be designed for cyclic loading.
ATTACHMENT B Page 50 of 123
423.25.4.2 Roofs. Roof decks shall be cast-in-place 4-inch (102 mm) or more, normal weight concrete. Concrete decks shall be waterproof. Systems other than cast-in-place concrete shall have adequate bearing, anchorage against wind uplift, diaphragm action, and resistance to rain that are equivalent to a cast-in-place system.
Exception: Structural precast concrete roofs, composite metal decks with normal weight concrete roofs, or other systems and materials that meet the wind load and missile impact criteria may be used.
423.25.4.2.1 Light weight concrete or insulating concrete may be used on roof decks of EHPAs provided the roof decks are at least 4-inch (102 mm) cast-in-place normal weight concrete or other structural systems of equivalent strength.
423.25.4.2.2 Roof openings (e.g., HVAC fans, ducts, skylights) shall be designed to meet the wind load and missile impact criteria.
423.25.4.2.3 Roof coverings shall be specified and designed according to the latest ASTM and Factory Mutual Standards for materials and wind uplift forces. Roofs shall be inspected by a licensed engineer/architect and a representative of the roofing manufacturer.
423.25.4.2.4 Roofs shall have adequate slope and drains sized for normal use and shall have emergency overflow scuppers which will accommodate a 2-inch-per-hour (51 mm) rain for 6 hours.
423.25.4.2.5 Parapets shall satisfy the wind load and missile impact criteria; roof overhangs shall resist uplift forces.
423.25.4.3 Windows. All unprotected window assemblies and their anchoring systems shall be designed and installed to meet the wind load and missile impact criteria.
ATTACHMENT B Page 51 of 123
423.25.4.3.1 Windows may be provided with permanent protective systems, provided the protective system is designed and installed to meet the wind load and missile impact criteria and completely covers the window assembly and anchoring system.
423.25.4.3.2 EHPAs shall have mechanical ventilation systems. Ventilation shall be provided at a minimum rate of 2 cfm per square foot of EHPA floor area. The mechanical ventilation system shall be connected to the EHPA's emergency power.
423.25.4.4 Doors. All exterior and interior doors subject to possible wind exposure and/or missile impact shall have doors, frames, anchoring devices, and vision panels designed and installed to resist the wind load and missile impact criteria or such doors, frames, anchoring devices, and vision panels shall be covered with permanent protective systems designed and installed to resist the wind load and missile impact criteria.
423.25.4.5 Exterior envelope. The exterior envelope, louvers over air intakes and vents, and gooseneck type intakes and vents of EHPAs shall be designed and installed to meet the wind load and missile impact criteria.
423.25.4.5.1 HVAC equipment mounted on roofs and anchoring systems shall be designed and installed to meet the wind load criteria.
423.25.4.5.2 Roof mounted HVAC equipment shall have a 12-inch-high (305 mm) curb around the roof opening and be designed to prevent the entry of rain water.
423.25.4.6 Foundations and floor slabs. Foundations shall be designed to resist all appropriate loads and load combinations, including overturning moments due to wind. The floor elevation and necessary life safety and other emergency support systems of EHPAs shall be elevated above the maximum storm surge inundation elevation associated with a Category 4 hurricane event. Storm surge elevations shall be identified by the most current edition of the regional Sea Lake and Overland Surges from Hurricanes (SLOSH) studies and atlases.
423.25.5 Electrical and standby emergency power system. The EHPA shall be provided with a standby emergency electrical power system, per Chapter 27, NFPA 70 Articles 700 and 701, which shall have the capability of being connected to a backup generator or other optional power
ATTACHMENT B Page 52 of 123
source. Where economically feasible, an equivalent photovoltaic system may be provided. The EHPA's emergency systems includes, but are not limited to: (1) an emergency lighting system, (2) illuminated exit signs, (3) fire protection system(s), alarm (campus wide) and sprinkler, and (4) minimum ventilation for health/safety purposes. The fire alarm panel shall be located in the EHPA manager's office. A remote annunciator panel shall be located in or adjacent to the school administrator's office. When generators are installed, the facility housing the generator, permanent or portable, shall be an enclosed area designed to protect the generators from wind and missile impact. Air intakes and exhausts shall be designed and installed to meet the wind load and missile impact criteria. Generators hardened by the manufacturer to withstand the area's design wind and missile impact criteria shall be exempt from the enclosed area criteria requirement.
423.25.5.1 EHPA lighting. Emergency lighting shall be provided within the EHPA area, EHPA manager's office, toilet rooms, main electrical room and generator spaces and shall be at least 10 footcandles (100 lux) of general illumination, which can be reduced to 1/2 footcandle (5 lux) in the sleeping areas during the night.
423.25.5.2 Optional standby circuits. Additional nonlife safety systems, as defined by Chapter 27, NFPA 70 Article 702 (optional standby circuits), may be supplied power, if available, by the Standby Emergency Power System. These systems shall be connected to the Standby Emergency Power System via an electrical subpanel to the Standby Electrical Power System's main electrical panel. This will allow selective or total load shedding of power if required. The fire alarm, emergency lighting and illuminated exit signs throughout the entire campus shall receive first priority to power provided by the Standby Emergency Power System per Chapter 27, NFPA 70 Article 700. The systems listed are not all encompassing but are in order of priority. Local officials may request additional non-life safety systems they deem necessary for health, welfare and safety of the public during occupancy:
1. Remainder of the school's campus security lighting (building and site).
2. Additional ventilation systems within the EHPA, including heat.
3. Intercom system.
4. Food storage equipment.
ATTACHMENT B Page 53 of 123
5. Additional electric receptacles, other than those required by Section 423.25.5.3.
423.25.5.3 Receptacle outlets. A minimum of four electrical outlets, served with power from the standby circuits, shall be provided in the EHPA manager's office.
423.25.6 Inspections. EHPAs shall be considered "threshold buildings" in accordance with Section 553.71(7), Florida Statutes, and shall comply with Sections 553.79(5), 553.79(7), and 553.79(8), Florida Statutes.
423.25.6.1 Construction of EHPAs shall be inspected during the construction process by certified building code inspectors or the design architect/engineer(s) certified pursuant to Part XII Chapter 468, Florida Statutes and threshold inspectors for compliance with applicable rules and laws.
423.25.6.2 The emergency electrical systems shall be inspected during the construction process by certified electrical inspector or Florida-registered professional engineers certified pursuant to Part XII Chapter 468, Florida Statutes, skilled in electrical design.
423.25.6.3 EHPAs shall be inspected and recertified for compliance with the structural requirements of this section every five years by a Florida-registered professional engineer skilled in structural design. If any structural system, as specified in this section, is damaged or replaced, the recertification shall be obtained prior to the beginning of the next hurricane season.
423.25.6.4 All shutter systems, roofs, overflow scuppers, and structural systems of EHPAs shall be inspected and maintained annually prior to hurricane season and after a major event. All emergency generators shall be inspected under load conditions including activation of the fire alarms, emergency lights as per applicable equipment codes and NFPA standards, and including mechanical systems and receptacles connected to the emergency power.
423.26 Time-out rooms.
ATTACHMENT B Page 54 of 123
423.26.1 Locking an individual inside a space without a means of opening the door from within that space is contrary to the exiting philosophy of the Florida Building Code and the Uniform Fire Safety Standards Florida Fire Prevention Code as adopted by the State Fire Marshal for educational facilities. The educational program which requires containment of the out-of-control student can be accommodated within this context only if the following are met:
423.26.2 Electromagnetic locking device. When a time-out room is to be locked, an electromagnetic locking device may be used and shall have the following features:
423.26.2.1 The lock shall remain engaged only when a push button mounted outside the time-out room adjacent to the door frame, or other hand held device, is continuously depressed by hand. Upon release of pressure, the door shall unlock. The locking device shall be designed so that it cannot be engaged by leverage of an inanimate object or in any other manner except by constant human contact.
423.26.2.2 The push button, or similar device, shall be recessed from the face of the unit housing, or in some other way designed to prevent taping or wedging the button in the engaged mode.
423.26.2.3 The device shall have an interface relay with the fire alarm system and shall automatically release upon activation of the fire alarm.
423.26.2.4 The locking device shall automatically disengage in the event of a power failure.
423.26.2.5 Timers shall not be used on the locking device.
423.26.3 Door requirements. The door shall have only a push plate exposed on the interior of the room.
423.26.3.1 The door shall swing out of the room and shall be equipped with a fully concealed track type closer.
ATTACHMENT B Page 55 of 123
423.26.3.2 A vision panel shall be provided in the door, and it shall be no larger than 144 square inches (.1 m2). The view panel shall consist of a clear 1/4-inch-thick (6 mm) unbreakable plastic panel flush with the inside face of the door on the inside of the room. The panel shall be positioned in the door so that a staff member may continuously keep the student under surveillance.
423.26.3.3 The door frame and jamb/head reveal on the inside shall be minimal. If provided, a flat metal threshold shall be used.
423.26.4 Finishes. The floor and walls shall be durable, vandal-resistant materials. The ceiling shall be of a solid and moisture-resistant material. There shall be no projections or protrusions from the walls, ceiling, or floor. All surfaces shall be smooth and no electrical outlets, switches, plumbing clean-outs or similar items shall be inside the room. The room shall not contain anything that can be set on fire, torn, shredded or otherwise used for self-harm.
423.26.5 Minimum size. The room shall be designed for a single occupant only and shall be a minimum of 6 feet by 6 feet (1828 mm by 1828 mm).
423.26.6 Lighting. The room shall have a recessed vandalproof light fixture in the ceiling capable of being dimmed. The light switch shall be located outside the room adjacent to the door jamb.
423.26.7 HVAC required. Time-out rooms shall be mechanically heated and cooled. Registers shall be ceiling mounted and vandalproof.
423.27 New relocatable buildings.
423.27.1 Relocatables. The terms "relocatable" and "portable" are interchangeable and both terms are used to describe buildings which are constructed to the same building codes as permanent public school buildings, except they are designed to be moved. These buildings may be manufactured in a plant, constructed on site, may be made of demountable components, and may be combined. All new relocatable or portable classrooms shall be designed and constructed
ATTACHMENT B Page 56 of 123
in compliance with the Florida Building Code , the Uniform Fire Safety Standards Florida Fire Prevention Code as adopted by the State Fire Marshal and the Department of Community Affairs rules for factory-built school buildings (see Section 428). The requirements for new relocatables contained herein are in addition to the minimum requirements of the Florida Building Code and the Uniform Fire Safety Standards Florida Fire Prevention Code as adopted by the State Fire Marshal. New relocatables which do not comply with the building codes, fire codes and these standards shall not be used as classrooms or for any other student occupancy. For code requirements and other standards applicable to relocatables constructed prior to this code, which may be Type V (wood) relocatables, see Existing Relocatables, Volume 1, Section 5(2), State Requirements for Educational Facilities as referenced in the Uniform Fire Safety Standards Florida Fire Prevention Code as adopted by the State Fire Marshal.
423.27.1.1 Factory-built school shelter means any site-assembled or factory-built school building that is designed to be portable, relocatable, demountable or reconstructable and that complies with the provisions for enhanced hurricane protection areas, as required by the applicable code (see Section 423.25).
423.27.2 Design, plan approval, construction. Regardless of cost or fund source, whether used for classroom, auxiliary or ancillary space, whether leased, purchased, contracted, or constructed by the school board or Florida college board, plans and documents for relocatables, portables and modular schools shall be prepared by Florida registered design professionals and submitted to the authority having jurisdiction for review and approval for compliance with Florida laws, rules, building and life safety codes. The buildings shall be constructed and inspected by personnel licensed, certified or trained as required by Florida construction industry licensing laws.
423.27.2.1 District-wide foundation plans. District-wide foundation plans for tie down and wind resistance for each type of relocatable and each type of known soil condition in the district, shall be prepared and reviewed at the time of the design and shall be required as a part of the approval of any relocatable. These documents shall be kept on file in the district, with an additional copy in each relocatable filed together with current annual local fire inspection reports, as required by law. The foundation plans shall be reviewed and updated when necessary for compliance with current code for subsequent installations of the relocatable. Relocatables which do not meet the requirements of code for tie down and wind resistance shall not be occupied.
423.27.2.2 DOT Requirements. Relocatable units designed to be moved on state roads shall comply with the maximum unit height, length and width requirements of the DOT.
ATTACHMENT B Page 57 of 123
423.27.2.3 Inventory/construction date signage. A FISH inventory room number and the date of construction shall be noted on an inventory sign permanently affixed outside, beside or above the door, on all relocatables owned or leased by a district.
423.27.3 Construction type. All new relocatables constructed, purchased or otherwise acquired by a board shall be noncombustible Type I, II or IV construction.
423.27.4 Accessibility. All relocatables constructed, purchased or otherwise acquired by a board after the effective date of these standards shall comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act as modified by Chapter 553, Florida Statutes, Chapter 11 of the Florida Building Code, Accessibility Building. Relocatables intended for use at facilities housing up to grades 5 or 6, shall also conform to the federal criteria Accessibility Standards for Children's Environments, which is available from the U.S. Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board.
423.27.5 Site standards/site plan. Relocatables placed on educational plant sites shall comply with federal and state laws and rules relating to the placement of structures on sites, as well as building code, fire code site requirements.
423.27.5.1 Floodplain. Compliance with floodplain standards is required for the initial and subsequent installation of public educational relocatable units. The finished floor shall be 12 inches (305 mm) above base flood elevation, the structure shall be designed to meet the Florida Building Code and anchored to resist buoyant forces.
423.27.5.2 Covered walks and technology. New relocatables and "modular schools" acquired by a board which are intended for long term use, shall be connected from exit door to the core facilities by accessible covered walkways, and shall contain wiring and computer technologies which connect to the facility's technology, communications and fire alarms infrastructure.
Exceptions:
1. Covered walks and public address systems are not required in Florida college facilities.
ATTACHMENT B Page 58 of 123
2. Temporary relocatables constructed after the date of this standard shall meet all construction requirements of this code, except that covered walks may be installed. The term "temporary relocatable" means relocatables which are used for less than three four years to provide temporary housing while permanent replacement classrooms and related facilities are under construction, renovation or remodeling. The term "temporary relocatable" does not apply to relocatables which have been located on a school site for more than two years and used for classrooms or for student occupancy, where there is no identifiable permanent facility which is under construction, being remodeled, or renovated to house the students.
423.27.5.3 Separation of units. Type I, II or IV, (noncombustible) relocatable units shall be separated as required by the Florida Building Code and the school site plan.
423.27.6 Structure. Relocatable structures shall be positively anchored and designed to comply with Florida Building Code requirements.
423.27.7 Fire-retardant-treated wood (FRTW). Only FRTW which does not contain ammonium phosphates, sulfates, or halides may be used in the roof structure of Type II construction, as authorized by other sections of the Florida Building Code. FRTW shall comply with the specific requirements found elsewhere in these public educational facilities requirements. Contractors shall provide evidence of compliance to inspectors. Inspection access panels shall be provided to facilitate initial and annual inspections for general condition assessment of FRTW and connectors.
423.27.8 Doors. Exit doors shall swing in the direction of exit travel.
423.27.8.1 Classroom locksets. Each door shall be equipped with a lockset, which is readily opened from the side from which egress is to be made at all times, a threshold, heavy duty hinges, and closer to control door closing. Each door shall have a view panel, with minimum dimensions of 8 inches by 42 inches (1067 mm) and a maximum of 1,296 square inches (.84 m2), of ¼ inch (6 mm) tempered or safety glass installed with the bottom edge of the panel at 30 inches (762 mm) AFF. Each exterior door shall be protected from the elements by a roof overhang.
423.27.8.2 Roofed platform. All exterior doors shall open onto a minimum 5 foot by 5 foot (1524 mm by 1524 mm) roofed platform with handrails, which is level with the interior floor.
ATTACHMENT B Page 59 of 123
423.27.9 Operable windows. Classrooms shall have operable windows equal to at least 5 percent of the floor area of the unit where required by Section 1013.44, Florida Statutes. Exterior doors may be included in computing the required 5 percent. Awning, casement, or projecting windows shall not be placed in walls with adjacent walks, ramps, steps or platforms.
423.27.9.1 Rescue. Windows for emergency rescue shall comply with NFPA 101, Florida edition as adopted by the Florida Fire Prevention Code, shall be operable from the inside by a single operation and shall be labeled "EMERGENCY RESCUE-KEEP AREA CLEAR."
423.27.10 Finishes. Finishes in relocatable units shall comply with the following:
423.27.10.1 Interior walls and ceilings. Interior wall and ceiling finishes in classrooms and other student use spaces shall be Class A or B as defined in NFPA 101, Florida edition as adopted by the Florida Fire Prevention Code. Corridor finishes shall be Class A. Formaldehyde levels shall not exceed the minimum HUD standards for manufactured housing.
423.27.10.2 Floors. Floors shall be covered with resilient material, carpet, or other finished product. Carpet in classrooms shall be tested and certified by the manufacturer as passing the Radiant Panel Test Class II. Carpet in corridors shall be tested and certified by the manufacturer as passing the Radiant Panel Test Class I.
423.27.10.3 Toilet rooms, showers and bathing facilities. Partitions and walls separating group toilet rooms shall be extended to the bottom of the roof deck.
423.27.10.3.1 Toilet room floors and base shall be finished with impervious nonslip materials. Toilet room walls shall be finished with impervious materials which shall be extended to a minimum height of 6 feet (1828 mm).
423.27.10.3.2 Ceilings shall be of solid-type moisture- resistant materials.
ATTACHMENT B Page 60 of 123
423.27.11 Fire extinguishers. At least one appropriate fire extinguisher shall be provided in each relocatable classroom unit and in each classroom of a multiclassroom building.
423.27.12 Document storage. Provision shall be made to secure foundation plans and to post the annual fire inspection report within each relocatable unit.
423.27.13 Time-out rooms. Time-out rooms are not recommended but, when provided, shall comply with the specific requirements for time-out rooms found elsewhere in these public educational facilities code requirements.
423.27.14 Child care/day care units. Standard classroom units intended to house birth to age 3 children, including Teenage Parent Programs (TAP), shall meet the additional criteria under the title of Child Care/Day Care/Prekindergarten Facilities for permanent buildings contained in these public educational facilities requirements, as well as the following:
423.27.14.1 All TAP spaces where residential kitchens are provided shall have two doors exiting directly to the outside and remotely located from each other. Areas designated for children's sleeping mats, cots or cribs, shall have a clearly marked exit passageway.
423.27.15 Illumination required. Illumination in classroom units shall be designed to provide an average maintained 50 footcandles (500 lux) at desk top.
423.27.15.1 Emergency lighting. Each classroom unit shall be equipped with emergency lighting.
423.27.15.2 Exterior lighting. Exterior lighting shall be provided as required elsewhere in these public educational facilities code requirements.
423.27.15.3 Exit lighting. Exit lights shall be provided as required by the Uniform Fire Safety Standards Florida Fire Prevention Code adopted by the State Fire Marshal.
ATTACHMENT B Page 61 of 123
423.27.16 Air conditioning, heating and ventilation. Relocatable facilities shall meet Florida Building Code requirements.
423.27.17 Technology. Relocatables shall contain wiring and computer technology appropriate for the programs to be housed.
423.27.18 Fire safety requirements. New relocatables shall be provided with fire alarm devices meeting the code requirements for permanent educational facilities and shall be connected to the facility's main fire alarm system as required by code.
423.27.19 Inspection of units during construction. Boards shall provide for the inspection of relocatables during construction, as required by the Florida Building Code, as authorized by statute.
423.27.20 Inspection of units prior to occupancy. Prior to occupancy new relocatables shall be inspected and approved for compliance to the Florida Building Code. New units shall have foundation plans provided and secured, in the relocatable along with the local fire inspector report. Certification of such inspection shall remain on file with the district. Inventory/date of construction signage shall be affixed to the relocatable. Where FRTW is used inspection access panels shall be provided and within easy reach to facilitate inspection for general condition assessment of FRTW and connectors.
[SP4764] 424.1.6.5.8 – change to read as follows: 424.1.6.5.8 Flow velocity. Pressure piping shall not exceed 8 10 feet per second, except that precoat lines with higher velocities may be used when necessary for agitation purposes. The flow velocity in suction piping shall not exceed 6 feet per second (1829 mm/s) except that flow velocities up to 10 feet per second (3048 mm/s) in filter assembly headers will be acceptable. Main drain systems and surface overflow systems which discharge to collector tanks shall be sized with a maximum flow velocity of 3 feet per second (914 mm/s). The filter and vacuuming system shall have the necessary valves and piping to allow filtering to pool, vacuuming to waste, vacuuming to filter, complete drainage of the filter tank, backwashing for sand and pressure D.E.-type filters and precoat recirculation for D.E.-type filters. COMMENT AFTER GLITCH 424.1.6.5.9.6 – change to read as follows:
ATTACHMENT B Page 62 of 123
424.1.6.5.9.6 The flow rate through each inlet shall not exceed 15 20 gpm (1 L/s). COMMENT AFTER GLITCH 427.1.4.1.1 New facility construction – Change to read as shown.
427.1.4.1.1 New facility construction. New facility construction and additions, refurbishing, renovations and alterations to existing facilities shall comply with the following codes and standards:
1. The building codes described in the Florida Building Code.
2. The fire codes contained in Chapter 69A-44, "Minimum Fire Safety Standards for Residential Alcohol and Drug Abuse Treatment and Prevention Programs, Mental Health Residential Treatment Facilities and Crisis Stabilization Units," Florida Administrative Code, as described in the NFPA 101, Chapters 12 and 13, "Special Definitions," as adopted by the Florida Fire Prevention Code, as applicable to limited health care facilities, which is included by reference in Chapter 59A-3, Florida Administrative Code.
3. The accessibility requirements Chapter 11 of the Florida Building Code, Building. Accessibility.
427.1.4.4 Administration and public areas.
[SP4690] 427.1.4.4.1 – 427.1.4.4.2 - change to read as shown.
427.1.4.4.1 Waiting rooms shall have an adjacent rest room which is designed to accommodate persons with physical disabilities in accordance with Chapter 11 of the Florida Building Code, Building. Accessibility.
427.1.4.4.2 The entrance shall be grade level, sheltered from inclement weather and accessible to persons with physical disabilities in accordance with Chapter 11 of the Florida Building Code, Building. Accessibility.
[SP4695] 437.3.2.1 – Change to read as shown.
437.3.2.1 All new facilities and additions and renovations to existing facilities shall be in compliance .
ATTACHMENT B Page 63 of 123
With the Florida Building Code, Accessibility
1. Section 310.1 of this code for Group R-4 occupancy; .
2. The National Fire Protection Association Life Safety Code 101, Chapter 32, Residential Board and Care Occupancy and incorporated by reference in Rule 69A-3.012, F.A.C.,
and
3. The Florida Building Code, Accessibility Chapter 11, Section 11-6.1(1) of the Florida Building Code, Building.
[SP4697] 438.7 Accessibility – Change to read as shown.
438.7 Accessibility. Accessibility shall be designed in accordance with the Florida Building Code, Accessibility Chapter 11.
[SP4699] 443.1 - 443.3.7.5 – add to read as shown.
SECTION 443
Schools, Colleges, and Universities
443.1 Scope: Florida’s public and private schools, colleges, and universities shall comply with all applicable requirements of the code and the following standards. These are minimum standards; boards or owners may impose more restrictive requirements. Additional requirements for public educational facilities in Florida, including public schools and Florida’s colleges, are found in Section 423, State Requirements for Educational Facilities.
443.2 Sites
443.2.1 Drainage. Soil, grass, and planting beds shall provide positive drainage away from sidewalks, but shall not fall away at more than a 3-percent gradient slope for a minimum distance of 5 feet (1524 mm) from the edge.
ATTACHMENT B Page 64 of 123
443.2.2 Playgrounds and Equipment. Playgrounds and equipment shall be safe, structurally sound, verminproof, and shall not have jagged or sharp projections. Playground equipment shall be anchored to suitable foundations to prevent toppling or dislodgement. Cushioning materials such as mats, wood chips, or sand shall be used under climbing equipment, slides, and swings.
443.2.3 Outdoor waste containers. A smooth nonabsorbent surface shall be provided for outdoor waste containers.
443.3 Building Construction
443.3.1 Rodent proofing. Buildings for Group E occupancies shall be rodent proofed per Appendix F, Rodentproofing.
443.3.2 Glare from natural light. Sources of natural light in instructional spaces shall be glazed with glare reducing materials or shall be shielded to prevent glare that can interfere with seeing task within the instructional space.
443.3.3 Automated external defibrillator. Automated external defibrillators shall be provided in public educational facilities that are a member of the Florida High School Athletic Association.
443.3.4 Diaper changing stations. A diaper changing station shall be located in or adjacent to any classroom where children wearing diapers are in attendance. A hand washing lavatory shall be provided within the changing station area. Access shall be provided to the lavatory without opening doors or touching a handle.
443.3.5 Plumbing
443.3.5.1 Standards. Educational and ancillary facilities shall be provided with toilets, hand washing facilities, and drinking fountains for all occupants, in ratios and accessible as required by the Florida Building Code, Florida law, and federal requirements.
ATTACHMENT B Page 65 of 123
Exception: A single unisex toilet room is allowed where provided in child care, pre-kindergarten through grade 3 and ESE classrooms.
443.3.5.2 Teacher toilets. Faculty and staff toilets shall be separate from student toilets.
Exception: Separation of faculty/staff and student toilet facilities is not required for colleges and universities.
443.3.5.3 Toilet room access.
443.3.5.3.1 Toilet facilities for Pre-K through Grade 12 shall be accessible under continuous roof cover from all student occupied spaces.
Exception: Relocatable classrooms installed for temporary use.
443.3.5.3.2 Access to group toilet rooms. Access to student group toilet rooms shall not be through an occupied space, storage space, or equipment space.
443.3.5.4 Shielding device. The entry to each group toilet room shall be provided with a door, partition, or other shielding device to block from view the occupants in the toilet room. If a door is provided, it shall have a closer and shall swing out in the direction of egress.
443.3.5.5 Walls. Walls in toilet rooms shall be impervious to a height of at least 4 feet (1219 mm) above the floor. Walls in kitchens, scullerys, can wash areas, and shower rooms shall be impervious to a height of at least 6 feet (1829 mm) above the floor. Toilet and shower partitions shall be impervious.
443.3.5.6 Floor drains and hose bibbs. All group toilet rooms shall be provided with at least one floor drain and one easily accessible hose bibb. The floor shall be sloped down to the drain.
ATTACHMENT B Page 66 of 123
443.3.5.7 Handwashing facilities.
443.3.5.7.1 Handwashing facilities shall be located within or adjoining each toilet room.
443.3.5.7.2 Soap dispensers for liquid, foam, or powdered soap shall be provided at all handwashing basins.
443.3.5.7.3 Individual towel dispensers or hot-air hand drying devices shall be provided near handwashing basins.
443.3.5.8 Showers
443.3.5.8.1 Shower heads shall be based on the peak load to be accommodated at one time and provided at the ratio of one shower head for each five students, located a minimum of 30 inches (762 mm) apart.
443.3.5.8.2 Floors shall be drained in such a manner that waste water from any shower head will not pass over areas occupied by other bathers.
443.3.5.8.3 Water shall be heated and the temperature at the shower head shall not exceed 110°F (43°C) nor be less than 95°F (35°C).
443.3.6 Mechanical
443.3.6.1 Natural ventilation. Natural ventilation shall not be provided in toilet rooms, shower rooms, lockers rooms, and storage rooms for athletic equipment or soiled clothes.
ATTACHMENT B Page 67 of 123
443.3.6.2 Fans and blowers. Fans and blowers shall be sized and designed to provide the required air movement without excessive or disturbing noise that would interfere with the educational program provided in the space being ventilated.
443.3.6.3 Kilns. Kiln rooms and areas shall be provided with adequate exhaust to dispel emitted heat to the exterior, and they shall not be connected to any other exhaust system.
443.3.6.4 Chemistry laboratories and science classrooms. HVAC systems in chemistry labs and science classrooms shall be designed and installed to ensure that chemicals originating from the space are not recirculated.
Exception: A high capacity emergency exhaust system providing twenty (20) air changes per hour may be used in chemistry laboratories and science classrooms with fume hoods. Positive ventilation may be provided via doors or windows opening to the exterior. Signs providing operational instructions shall be permanently installed at the emergency exhaust system fan switch and adjacent to the door(s) or window(s) to be opened.
443.3.6.5 Chemical storage. Rooms used for the storage, handling, and disposal of chemicals used in school, college, and university laboratories shall be vented to the exterior. The ventilation system shall not be connected to the air-conditioning return air system, and the rooms shall be kept at moderate temperatures. Chemical storage cabinets, when vented to the exterior, shall be mechanically vented in accordance with NFPA 30 and NFPA 91.
443.3.7 Lighting.
443.3.7.1 Illumination level in classrooms/instructional spaces. Illumination at the normal task level for the type of classroom/instruction space shall be a minimum of forty (40) foot-candles (400 Lux).
443.3.7.2 Illumination uniformity in classrooms/instruction spaces. Luminaries shall have a ceiling arrangement or positioned around the walls such that a uniformed illumination level, within ten (10) foot-candles (100 Lux), is maintained at the students required normal task level for the type of classroom/instruction space.
ATTACHMENT B Page 68 of 123
443.3.7.3 Brightness Ratio in classrooms/instructional spaces. The brightness ratio between the student task level and the instruction area or areas or visual display location shall be one (1) to five (5) or less.
443.3.7.4 Illumination failure of general and means of egress luminaries. Illumination systems shall be designed and maintained so that the failure of any single lighting unit, such as an electric luminary, does not leave any occupied space or means of egress in the dark. (See FBC 1006 for additional means of egress requirements.)
443.3.7.5 Glare elimination. Illumination of permanently installed markerboards, chalkboards, and other instruction aids shall be designed to eliminate glare and shadows.
[SP4764] Chapter 5 – GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS 504.1 General – Change to read as shown.
504.1 General Special unlimited height. The building height permitted by Table 503 shall be increased in accordance with this section.
Exceptions:
1. The height of Group B, M and R occupancies of Type I-B construction shall not be limited, provided the fire resistance of all columns shall be not less than 3 hours and the other structural members including floors shall be not less than that shown in Chapter 6, but in no case less than 2 hours except that roofs and their supporting beams, girders, trusses and arches shall be not less than 1½ hours.
2. The building height of one-story aircraft hangars, aircraft paint hangars and buildings used for the manufacturing of aircraft shall not be limited if the building is provided with an automatic fire-extinguishing system in accordance with Chapter 9 and is entirely surrounded by public ways or yards not less in width than one and one-half times the building height. [F4617] 506.3 Automatic sprinkler system increase. – Change to read as shown.
506.3 Automatic sprinkler system increase. (no change to text).
ATTACHMENT B Page 69 of 123
Exceptions: The building area limitation increases shall not be permitted for the following conditions:
1. (no change)
2. (no change)
3. Reserved. Fire-resistance rating substitution in accordance with Table 601, Note d h. [F4619] 508.1 General. – Change to read as shown.
508.1 General. Each portion of a building shall be individually classified in accordance with Section 302.1. Where a building contains more than one occupancy group, the building or portion thereof shall comply with the applicable provisions of Section 508.2, 508.3 or 508.4, or a combination of these sections.
Exceptions:
1. Occupancies separated in accordance with Section
509.
2. Where required by Table 415.3.2, areas of Groups
H-1, H-2 and H-3 occupancies shall be located in a separate and detached building or structure.
3. Uses within live/work units, complying with Section 438 419, are not considered separate occupancies. [F4620] 509.4 Parking beneath Group R – Change to read as shown. 509.4 Parking beneath Group R. Where a maximum one-story above grade plane Group S-2 parking garage, enclosed or open, or combination thereof, of Type I construction or open of Type IV construction, with grade entrance, is provided under a building of Group R, the number of stories to be used in determining the minimum type of construction shall be measured from the floor above such a parking area. The number of stories to be used in determining the height in stories in accordance with Section 903.2.11.3 903.6 shall include the parking garage as a story. The floor assembly between the parking garage and the Group R above shall comply with the type of construction required for the parking garage and shall also provide a fire-resistance rating not less than the mixed occupancy separation required in Section 508.4. [F4621] Chapter 6 – TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION
ATTACHMENT B Page 70 of 123
Table 601 fire Resistance Rating Requirements for Building Elements – Change to read as shown.
Table 601 fire Resistance Rating Requirements for Building Elements
Make the following corrections to the table:
1. Under Building Elements revise as follows:
Floor construction and secondary members Including supporting beams and joists (See Section 202)
Roof construction and secondary members Including supporting beams and joists (See Section 202)
2. Revise note supercripts within the table as follows:
Column: Type IIIA Construction
Row: Floor construction and secondary memebers
1d
Column: Type IIIB Construction
Row: Floor construction and secondary memebers
0d,i
3. Revise note a as follows:
a. Fire-resistance ratings of primary structural frame and bearing walls are permitted to be reduced by 1 hour where supporting one floor or one roof only.
4. Change Note “i” to Note “h”.
5. Change Note “j” to Note “i”.
[F4667]
Table 602 – Change to read as shown.
ATTACHMENT B Page 71 of 123
Table 602
Note c:
c. See Section 706.1.1 705.1.1 for party walls.
(no change to remainder of table or notes)
[F4666] Chapter 7 – FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION TABLE 706.4 - Change to read as shown Delete reference to Note “c” in the table heading.–. [F4622] Chapter 9 – FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS 901.6.1 Automatic sprinkler systems – Change to read as shown.
901.6.1 Automatic sprinkler systems. Automatic sprinkler systems shall be monitored by an approved supervising station.
Exceptions:
1. A supervising station is not required for automatic
sprinkler systems protecting one- and two-family dwellings.
2. Limited area systems serving fewer than six 20 sprinklers. [F4623] 903.3.5.2 Secondary water supply – Change to read as shown.
903.3.5.2 Secondary water supply. Reserved.A secondary on-site water supply equal to the hydraulically calculated sprinkler demand, including the hose stream requirement, shall be provided for high-rise buildings assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F as determined by this code. The secondary water supply shall have a duration of not less than 30 minutes as determined by the occupancy hazard classification in accordance with
NFPA 13.
Exception: Existing buildings.
ATTACHMENT B Page 72 of 123
[F4624]
907.1.4 Accessibility. Change to read as shown.
907.1. 4 Accessibility. Every required fire alarm system shall include a visible alarm indicating appliances in public and common areas. For more specific accessibility requirements related to alarm indicating appliances, refer to Section 11-4.28. applicable sections of the Florida Building Code, Accessibility .
[F4701]
907.9 Accessibility. Change to read as shown.
907.9Accessibility. Alarm systems required to be accessible by Section 11-4.1 shall comply with Section 11-4.28 applicable sections of the Florida Building Code, Accessibility .
[F4712] 909.20.5 Stair pressurization alternative – Change to read as shown. 909.20.5 Stair pressurization alternative. Where the building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with section 903.3.1.1, the vestibule is not required, provided that interior exit stairways are pressurized to a minimum of 0.10.05 inches nches of water (12.3 Pa) and a maximum of 0.35 inches of water (87) Pa) in the shaft relative to the building measured with all stairway doors closed under maximum anticipated conditions of stack effect and wind effect. [F4763] Chapter 10 – MEANS OF EGRESS 1003.5.3 Accessibility. Change to read as shown. 1003.5.3 Accessibility. For accessibility provisions related to changes in levels, see Section 11-4.3.8. the Florida Building Code, Accessibility. [F4713]
1007.1 Accessible means of egress. Change to read as shown.
1007.1 Accessible means of egress. Accessible means of egress shall be provided in accordance with Sections 11-4.1.3(8), 11-4.1.3(9) and 11-4.3.10. with the applicable sections of the Florida Building Code, Accessibility.
[F4714]
ATTACHMENT B Page 73 of 123
Section 1008 Doors, Gates and Turnstiles
1008.1 Doors. Change to read as shown.
1008.1 Doors. Means of egress doors shall meet the requirements of this section. Doors serving a means of egress system shall meet the requirements of this section and Section 1020.2. Doors provided for egress purposes in numbers greater than required by this code shall meet the requirements of this section. For accessibility provisions related to doors,refer to Sections 11-4.1.3, 11-4.3.9 and 11-4.13. or the Florida Building Code, Accessibility.
Means of egress doors shall be readily distinguishable from the adjacent construction and finishes such that the doors are easily recognizable as doors. Mirrors or similar reflecting materials shall not be used on means of egress doors. Means of egress doors shall not be concealed by curtains, drapes, decorations or similar materials.
[F4715] 1008.1.1 Size of doors. Revise to change exception 8 as follows: Exceptions: 1 – 7 No change. 8. Reserved Buildings that are 400 square feet or less and that are intended for use in conjunction with one‐ and two‐family residences are not subject to the door height and width requirements of this code.
Comment after Glitch
Section 1009.6.1 Stairway walking surface. Change to read as shown.
1009. 6.1 Stairway walking surface. The walking surface of treads and landings of a stairway shall not be sloped steeper than one 1 unit vertical in 50 48 units horizontal (2-percent slope) in any direction. Stairway treads and landings shall have a solid surface. Finish floor surfaces shall be securely attached.
Exceptions:
1-2 No change
3. See also the Florida Building Code, Accessibility.
[F4716]
1009.6.4 Stair identification. Change to read as shown.
ATTACHMENT B Page 74 of 123
1009.6.4 Stair identification. An approved sign shall be located at each floor level landing in all enclosed stairways of buildings four or more stories in height. The sign shall indicate the floor level and the availability of roof access from that stairway and an identification of the stairway. The sign shall also state the floor level of and direction to exit discharge. The sign shall be located approximately 5 feet (1524 mm) above the floor landing in a position which is readily visible when the door is in the open or closed position. The floor level designation shall also be tactile in accordance with Chapter 11or the Florida Building Code, Accessibility.
[F4717] 1010.1 Scope – Change to read as shown. 1010.1 Scope. The provisions of this section shall apply to ramps used as a component of a means of egress.
Exceptions:
1. Other than ramps that are part of the accessible routes providing access in accordance with Sections the provisions of the Florida Building Code, Accessibility 11-4.7 through 11-4.8 , ramped aisles within assembly rooms or spaces shall conform with the provisions in Section 1028.11.
2. Curb ramps shall comply with ICC A117.1.
3. Vehicle ramps in parking garages for pedestrian exit access shall not be required to comply with Sections the provisions of the Florida Building Code, Accessibility 11-4.7 through 11.4-8 when they are not an accessible route serving accessible parking spaces, other required accessible elements or part of an accessible means of egress.
[F4718]
1010.3 Cross slope. Change to read as shown.
1010.3 Cross slope. The slope measured perpendicular to the direction of travel of a ramp shall not be steeper than one unit vertical in 50 48 units horizontal (2-percent slope).
Exception: see also the Florida Building Code, Accessibility.
[F4719]
1010.6 Landings. Change to read as shown.
1010.6 Landings. Ramps shall have landings at the bottom and top of each ramp, points of turning, entrance, exits and at doors and in accordance with the Florida Building Code, Accessibility Section 11- 4.8.4. Landings shall comply with Sections provisions of the 1010.6.1 through 1010.6.5.
ATTACHMENT B Page 75 of 123
Section 1010.6.1 Slope. Change to read as shown.
1010.6.1 Slope. Landings shall have a slope not steeper than one unit vertical in 50 48 units horizontal (2-percent slope) in any direction. Changes in level are not permitted.
Exception: see also the Florida Building Code, Accessibility.
[F4721]
1010.6.3 Length. Change to read as shown.
1010.6.3 Length. The landing length shall be 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum.
Exceptions:
1 – 2 No change.
3. Accessible landings shall comply with section provisions of the Florida Building Code, Accessibility 11-4.8.4.
[F4722]
1010.9 Edge protection. Change to read as shown.
1010.9 Edge protection. Edge protection complying with Sections 1010.9.1 or 1010.9.2 shall be provided on each side of ramp runs and at each side of ramp landings.
Exceptions:
1. Edge protection is not required on ramps not required to have handrails, provided they have flared sides that comply with provisions of the Florida Building Code, Accessibility Section 11-4.8.7, curb ramp.
2 – 4 No change
[F4723]
Section 1012.3 Handrail graspability. Change to read as shown.
1012.3 Handrail graspability. All required handrails shall comply with Section 1012.3.1 or shall provide equivalent graspability.
ATTACHMENT B Page 76 of 123
Exceptions:
1. In Group R-3 occupancies; within dwelling units in Group R-2 occupancies; and in Group U occupancies that are accessory to a Group R-3 occupancy or accessory to individual dwelling units in Group R-2 occupancies; handrails shall be Type I in accordance with Section 1012.3.1, Type II in accordance with Section 1012.3.2 or shall provide equivalent graspability.
2. Accessible handrails shall meet the requirementsof the Florida Building Code, Accessibility of Section 11-4.26.2.
[F4725]
Section 1012.6 Handrail extensions. Change to read as shown.
1012.6 Handrail extensions. Handrails shall return to a wall, guard or the walking surface or shall be continuous to the handrail of an adjacent stair flight or ramp run. Where handrails are
not continuous between flights, the handrails shall extend horizontally at least 12 inches (305 mm) beyond the top riser and continue to slope for the depth of one tread beyond the bottom
riser. At ramps where handrails are not continuous between runs, the handrails shall extend horizontally above the landing 12 18 inches (305 mm) minimum beyond the top and bottom of theramp runs. The extensions of handrails shall be in the same direction of the stair flights at stairways and beyond the top and bottom of ramp runs at ramps.
Exceptions:
1 – 3 No change.
4. Accessible handrail extensions shall be as per Section 11-4.8.5(2).the Florida Building Code, Accessibility.
1012.7 Clearance. Change Exception as shown.
Exception: Accessible handrails shall comply with the provisions of the Florida Building Code, Accessibility Section 11-4.8.5(3).
[F4726]
1003.5.2 delete as shown:
1003.5.2 Where change in elevation of 12 inches (305 mm) or less occurs in exit access corridors, exits and exit discharge, ramps complying with Section 1010 shall be provided.
ATTACHMENT B Page 77 of 123
Exception: Within dwelling level. [F4626] Chapter 14 EXTERIOR WALLS
1403.7 Change to read as shown.
1403.7 In order to provide for inspection for termite infestation, clearance between exterior wall coverings and final earth grade on the exterior of a building shall not be less than 6 inches (152 mm).
Exceptions:
1. Paint or decorative cementitious finish less than 5/8 inch (17.1 mm) thick adhered directly to the masonry foundation sidewall.
2. Access or vehicle ramps which rise to the interior finish floor elevation for the width of such ramps only.
3. A 4-inch (102 mm) inspection space above patio and garage slabs and entry areas.
4. If the patio has been soil treated for termites, the finish elevation may match the building interior finish floor elevations on masonry construction only.
5. Masonry veneers constructed in accordance with Section 2114.2. [S4656] Revise 1404.5.1 to read as follows:
1404.5.1 Aluminum siding. Aluminum siding shall conform to the requirements of AAMA 1402.
AAMA 1402, shall be modified to read as follows:
Section 1 Standard Specifications for Aluminum Siding, Soffit, and Fascia, 2.0 Siding Specifications, 2.2 Performance Criteria, 2.2.1 Windload Resistance
2.2.1.1 Static Pressure Test
2.2.1.1.1 All siding products shall be capable of resisting the design pressures specified for walls for components and cladding loads in accordance with Section 1609.1.1. To verify that the siding will perform under these conditions, it shall be tested in accordance with Test Method #1, “Standard for Testing of Aluminum Siding/Fastener for Windload Resistance” or in an approved manner. The static test pressure shall be as required to demonstrate compliance with the provisions of 1609.1.
ATTACHMENT B Page 78 of 123
Remainder Unchanged. Comment after Glitch Chapter 15 ROOF ASSEMBLIES & STRUCTURES
1507.2.5 Asphalt Shingles. – Change to read as shown.
1507.2.5 Asphalt shingles. Asphalt shingles shall have self-seal strips or be interlocking and comply with ASTM D 225 or ASTM D 3462. Shingles shall also comply with Table 1507.2.7.1. Asphalt shingle packaging shall bear labeling indicating compliance with one of the required classifications as shown in Table 1507.2.7.1 or a listing by an approved testing agency in accordance with the requirements of Section 1609.5.2.
[R4657] Section 1507.2.7.1, revise as follows: 1507.2.7.1 Wind Resistance of Asphalt Shingles. Asphalt Shingles shall be classified in accordance with ASTM D3161, TAS 107 or ASTM D7158 in accordance with Table 1507.2.7.1 to resist the basic wind speed per Figure 1609. Shingles classified as ASTM D 3161 Class D or ASTM D 7158 Class G are acceptable for use in the 100‐mph wind zone. Shingles classified as ASTM D3161 Class F, TAS107 or ASTM D 7158 Class H are acceptable for use in all wind zones. Asphalt shingle wrappers shall indicate compliance with one of the required classifications as shown in Table 1507.2.7.1. Exception: Asphalt shingles not included in the scope of ASTM D 7158 shall be tested and labeled to indicate compliance with ASTM D 3161 and the required classification in Table 1507.2.7.1(2).
Comment after Glitch
Revise Table 157.2.7 to read as follows:
ATTACHMENT B Page 79 of 123
Table 1507.2.7 Classification of Asphalt Shingles
Maximum Basic Wind Speed From Figure
1609A, B, C or ASCE-7 Vasd ASTM D 7158 ASTM D 3161
130 85 D, G or H A, D or F 140 90 D, G or H A, D or F 150 100 G or H A, D or F 160 110 G or H F 170 120 G or H F 180 130 H F 190 140 H F 200 150 H F
Comment after Glitch, R4657 1507.3.2 – 1507.3.9 Change to read as shown.
1507.3.2 Deck slope. Concrete and clay roof tile shall be installed in accordance with the recommendations of FRSA/TRI 07320 where the Vasd as determined in accordance with Section 1609.3.1 or the recommendations of RAS 118, 119 or 120.
1507.3.3 Underlayment. Unless otherwise noted, required underlayment shall conform to: ASTM D 226, Type II; ASTM D 2626; ASTM D 1970 or ASTM D 6380 mineral-surfaced roll roofing. Underlayment shall be applied according to the manufacturer’s installation instruction or the recommendations of the FRSA/TRI 07320 where the basic wind speed, Vasd, is determined in accordance with Section 1609.3.1 or the recommendations of RAS 118, 119 or 120.
1507.3.3.1 Slope and underlayment requirements. Refer to FRSA/TRI 07320 where the basic wind speed, Vasd, is determined in accordance with Section 1609.3.1 for underlayment and slope requirements for specific roof tile systems or the recommendations of RAS 118, 119 or 120.
1507.3.6 Fasteners. Tile fasteners shall be corrosion resistant and not less than 11 gage, 5/16-inch (8.0 mm) head, and of sufficient length to penetrate the deck a minimum of 0.72 inch (19.1 mm) or through the thickness of the deck, which-ever is less or in accordance with the FRSA/TRI 07320 where the basic wind speed, Vasd, is determined in accordance with Section 1609.3.1 or in accordance with RAS 118, 119 or 120. Attaching wire for clay or concrete tile shall not be smaller than 0.083 inch (2.1 mm).
ATTACHMENT B Page 80 of 123
1507.3.7 Attachment. Clay and concrete roof tiles shall be fastened in accordance with Section 1609 or in accordance with FRSA/TRI 07320 where the basic wind speed, Vasd, is determined in accordance with Section 1609.3.1
1507.3.8 Application. Tile shall be applied according to the manufacturer’s installation instructions or the recommendation of the FRSA/TRI 07320 where the basic wind speed, Vasd, is determined in accordance with Section 1609.3.1 or the recommendation of RAS 118, 119 or 120.
1507.3.9 Flashing. At the juncture of the roof vertical surfaces, flashing and counterflashing shall be provided in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions or the recommendation of the FRSA/TRI 07320 where the basic wind speed, Vasd, is determined in accordance with Section 1609.3.1 or the recommendation of RAS 118, 119 or 120.
[R4857] 1517.5.2 Change to read as shown. 1517.5.2 Such fasteners shall be applied through"Tin caps" no less than 1_5/8 inches (41 mm) and not more than 2 inches (51 mm) in diameter and of not less than 32 gage (0.010 inch) sheet metal. "Cap nails" or prefabricated fasteners with integral heads complying with this section shall be an acceptable substitute. All "tin caps," "cap nails" or prefabricated fasteners with integral heads shall be tested for corrosion resistance in compliance with TAS 114 Appendix E, Section 2 (ASTM G 85), and shall be product control listed. All of cartons or carton labels "tin caps," "cap nails" or prefabricated fasteners with integral heads shall be labeled to note compliance with the corrosion resistance requirements. [R4816] 1521.18.1 Change to read as shown.
1521.18.1 No PUF and/or elastomeric coating systems shall be applied over existing composition shingles.
[R4849] 1515.2 – Change to read as shown.
TABLE 1515.2
MINIMUM SLOPE
ATTACHMENT B Page 81 of 123
SYSTEM TYPE SLOPE Fibrous Cement Shingles 4:12 Metal Panels Architectural 2:12 Metal Shingles 4:12 Mortar or Adhesive Tile 2:12 Mechanically Fastened Tile 4:12 Asphalt Shingles 4:12 Laminated 2:12 3-Tab 2:12 Quarry Slate 3-1/2:12 Wood Shakes 4:12 Shingles 3-1/2:12 [R4789] Chapter 16 – STRUCTURAL DESIGN 1602 – Change to read as shown. RISK OCCUPANCY CATEGORY. A categorization category of buildings and other structures for determination used to determine structural requirements based on occupancy of flood and wind loads based on the risk associated with unacceptable performance. [S4524] 1602 - Change to read as shown.
RISK OCCUPANCY CATEGORY. A categorization category of buildings and other structures for determination used to determine structural requirements based on occupancy of flood and wind loads based on the risk associated with unacceptable performance.
[S4668]
1604.5 – 1604.5.1 – Change to read as shown.
1604.5 Risk Occupancy category. Each building and structure shall be assigned an risk occupancy category in accordance with Table 1604.5.
ATTACHMENT B Page 82 of 123
1604.5.1 Multiple occupancies. Where a building or structure is occupied by two or more occupancies not included in the same risk occupancy category, it shall be assigned the classification of the highest risk occupancy category corresponding to the various occupancies. Where buildings or structures have two or more portions that are structurally separated, each portion shall be separately classified. Where a separated portion of a building or structure provides required access to, required egress from or shares life safety components with another portion having a higher risk occupancy category, both portions shall be assigned to the higher risk occupancy category.
TABLE 1604.5
RISK OCCUPANCY CATEGORY OF BUILDINGS AND OTHER STRUCTURES
Add screen enclosures to Risk Category I:
• Screen enclosures
[S4669]
1604.9 Counteracting structural actions. – Change to read as shown.
1604.9 Counteracting structural actions. Structural members, systems, components and cladding shall be designed to resist forces due to earthquake and wind, with consideration of overturning, sliding and uplift. Continuous load paths shall be provided for transmitting these forces to the foundation. Where sliding is used to isolate the elements, the effects of friction between sliding elements shall be included as a force.
[S4670] 1605.3.1 Basic load combinations. – Change to read as shown.
1605.3.1 Basic load combinations. Where allowable stress design (working stress design), as permitted by this code, is used, structures and portions thereof shall resist the most critical effects resulting from the following combinations of loads:
0.6D+ 0.6W+H (Equation 16-14)
ATTACHMENT B Page 83 of 123
[S4671]
1605.3.1.1 Load reduction. - Change to read as shown.
1605.3.1.1 Load reduction.
1. Increases in allowable stress specified in the materials, sections of this code or a referenced standard shall not be permitted to be used with load combinations of Sections 1605.3.1. Duration of load increase shall be permitted in accordance with Chapter 23.
Exception: Increases in allowable stress shall be permitted in accordance with ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS 402 provided the load reduction shall not be applied (see s. 1605.3.1) the loads in the load combinations of Equations 16-11 and 16-13 are not reduced.
2. Simultaneous use of both one-third increase in allowable stress and the 25 percent reduction in combined loads shall not be permitted.
[S4672]
Figure 1609 – Change to read as shown.
ATTACHMENT B Page 84 of 123
ATTACHMENT B Page 85 of 123
ATTACHMENT B Page 86 of 123
[S4741]
1609.1.1 Determination of wind loads – Change to read as shown.
ATTACHMENT B Page 87 of 123
1609.1.1 Determination of wind loads. Wind loads on every building or structure shall be determined in accordance with Chapters 26 through 30 of ASCE 7 or the provisions of the alternate all-heights method in Section 1609.6. Wind shall be assumed to come from any horizontal direction and wind pressures shall be assumed to act normal to the surface considered.
Exceptions: (no change)
The wind speeds in Figure 1609A, 1609B and 1609C shall be converted to nominal wind speeds, Vasd, in accordance with Section 1609.3.1 when the provisions of the standards referenced in Exceptions 1 through 5 and 7 are used unless the wind provisions in the standards are based on Ultimate Wind Speeds as specified in accordance with Figures 1609A, 1609B, or 1609C or Chapter 26 of ASCE 7.
[S4673]
1609.1.1.1 Applicability – Change to read as shown.
1609.1.1.1 Applicability. The provisions of ICC 600 and the AF&PA Wood Frame Construction Manual for One- and Two-Family Dwellings, High Wind Areas are applicable only to buildings located within Exposure B or C as defined in Section 1609.4. The provisions of ICC 600, AF&PA WFCM, and AISI S230 shall not apply to buildings sited on the upper half of an isolated hill, ridge or escarpment meeting the following conditions:
(no change to 1 – 3)
[S4674AM]
1609.1.2 Protection of openings. Change to read as shown.
1609.1.2 Protection of openings. (no change to text)
Exceptions:
1. (no change)
2. Glazing in Risk Occupancy Category I buildings as defined in Section 1604.5 including greenhouses that are occupied for growing plants on a production or research basis, without public access shall be permitted to be unprotected.
3. Glazing in Risk Occupancy Category II, III or IV buildings located over 60 feet
ATTACHMENT B Page 88 of 123
(18 288 mm) above the
ground and over 30 feet (9144 mm) above aggregate surface roofs located within 1,500 feet (458 m) of the building shall be permitted to be unprotected. [S4675] 1609.1.2.3.1 – Change to read as shown. 1609.1.2.3.1 Impact resistant coverings shall be tested at 1.5 times the design pressure (positive or negative) expressed in pounds per square feet as determined by the Florida Building Code, Building Section 1609 or ASCE 7 for which the specimen is to be tested. The design pressures, as determined from ASCE 7, are permitted to be multiplied by 0.6. [S4677] 1609.1.2.4.1 add to read as follows: 1609.1.2.4.1 Table 1 of ASTM E 1886 and ASTM E 1996 shall be modified to read as follows Air Pressure Cycles 0.2 to 0.5 Ppos
1
0.0 to 0.6 Ppos 0.5 to 0.8 Ppos 0.3 to 1.0 Ppos 0.3 to 1.0 Pneg
2 0.5 to 0.8 Pneg 0.0 to 0.6 Pneg 0.2 to 0.5 Pneg Notes: 1. Ppos = 0.6 x positive ultimate design load in accordance with
ASCE 7.
2. Pneg = 0.6 x negative ultimate design load in accordance with ASCE 7.
[S4679, Comment after Glitch] 1609.2 – Definitions – Change to read as shown.
ATTACHMENT B Page 89 of 123
WIND-BORNE DEBRIS REGION. Areas within hurricane- prone regions located:
1. Within 1 mile (1.61 km) of the coastal mean high water line where the ultimate design wind speed Vult is 130 (48 m/s) or greater; or
2. In areas where the ultimate design wind speed Vult is 140 mph (53 m/s) or greater
For Risk Category II buildings and structures and Risk occupancy category III buildings and structures, except health care facilities, the windborne debris region shall be based on Figure 1609A. For Risk occupancy category IV buildings and structures and Risk occupancy category III health care facilities, the windborne debris region shall be based on Figure 1609B.
[S4680]
1609.3.1 Wind speed conversion – Change to read as shown.
1609.3.1 Wind speed conversion. (no change to text)
Vasd = nominal design wind speed applicable to methods specified in Exceptions 1 through 5 of Section 1609.1.1
[S4681]
1609.6 Alternate all heights method. – 1609.6.4.2 Determination of Kz – Kzt – Change to read as shown.
1609.6 Alternate all heights method. The alternate design provisions in this section are simplifications of Chapter 27 Part 1 – Directional Procedure of the ASCE 7 Method 2 – Analytical Procedure.
1609.6.1 Scope. As an alternate to ASCE 7 Chapter 27 Part 1 and Chapter 30 Part 3 Section 6.5, the following provisions are permitted to be used to determine the wind effects on regularly shaped buildings, or other structures that are regularly shaped, which meet all of the following conditions:
ATTACHMENT B Page 90 of 123
1-3: (no change)
4. The building shall meet the requirements of a simple
diaphragm building as defined in ASCE 7 Section
26.2, where wind loads are only transmitted to the main
wind-force-resisting system (MWFRS) at the diaphragms.
5. (no change)
1609.6.1.1 Modifications. The following modifications shall be made to certain subsections in ASCE 7: in Section 1609.6.2, symbols and notations that are specific to this section are used in conjunction with the symbols and notations in ASCE 7 Section 26.3.
1609.6.2 Symbols and notations. Coefficients and variables used in the alternate all-heights method equations are as follows:
Cnet = Net-pressure coefficient based on Kd [(G) (Cp) –
(GCpi)], in accordance with Table 1609.6.2(2).
G = Gust effect factor for rigid structures in accordance with ASCE 7 Section 26.9 6.5.8.1.
Kd = Wind directionality factor in accordance with
ASCE 7 Table 26.6-1 6-4.
Pnet = Design wind pressure to be used in determination of wind loads on buildings or other structures or their components and cladding, in psf (kN/m2).
qs = Wind stagnation pressure in psf (kN/m2) in accordance with Table 1609.6.2(1).
ATTACHMENT B Page 91 of 123
1609.6.3 Design equations. When using the alternate all-heights method, the MWFRS and components and cladding of every structure shall be designed to resist the effects of wind pressures on the building envelope in accordance with Equation 16-34.
Pnet = qsKzCnet [IKzt] (Equation 16-34)
Design wind forces for the MWFRS shall not be less than 16 10 psf (0.77 0.48 kN/m2) multiplied by the wall area of the building structure and 8 psf (0.38 kN/m2) multiplied by the roof area of the building projected on a plane normal to the assumed wind
direction (see ASCE 7 Section 27.4.7 6.1.4 for criteria). Design net wind pressure for components and cladding shall not be less than 16 10 psf (0.77 0.48 kN/m2) acting in either direction normal to the surface.
1609.6.4.1 Main wind-force-resisting systems. The MWFRS shall be investigated for the torsional effects identified in ASCE 7 Figure 27.4-8 6-9.
1609.6.4.2 Determination of Kz and Kzt. Velocity pressure exposure coefficient, Kz, shall be determined in accordance with ASCE 7 Sections 27.3 and 30.3 6.5.6.6 and the topographic factor, Kzt, shall be determined in accordance with ASCE 7 Section 26.8 6.5.7.
1. For the windward side of a structure, Kzt and Kz shall be based on height z.
2. For leeward and sidewalls, and for windward and leeward roofs, Kzt and Kz shall be based on mean roof height h.
Replace Table 1609.6.2(1) with the following table:
ATTACHMENT B Page 92 of 123
ATTACHMENT B Page 93 of 123
ATTACHMENT B Page 94 of 123
ATTACHMENT B Page 95 of 123
[S4682]
1609.8 change to read as follows:
1609.8 Rooftop structures and equipment. The lateral force on rooftop structures and equipment with Af less than (0.1Bh) located on buildings of all heights shall be determined from Equation 29.5-1 of ASCE 7 Eq. 6-28 in which the value of GCf is shall be taken as 3.1. GCf shall be permitted to be reduced linearly from 3.1 to 1.1 as the value of Af is increased from (0.1Bh) to (Bh). The value of G from Section 26.9 of ASCE 7 6.5.8 shall not be used. Additionally, a simultaneous uplift force shall be applied, given by Equation 29.5-1 of ASCE 7 Eq. 6-28 in which GCf = 1.5 and Af is replaced by the horizontal projected area, Ar, of the rooftop structure or equipment. For the uplift force GCf shall be permitted to be reduced linearly from 1.5 to 1.0 as the value of Ar is increased from (0.1BL) to (BL).
[S4685]
ATTACHMENT B Page 96 of 123
Table 1612.1 Change to read as shown.
The corrected parts are shown highlighted
Table 1612.1
CROSS REFERENCES DEFINING FLOOD RESISTANT PROVISIONS OF THE FLORIDA BUILDING CODE
Florida Building Code – Building Section Section
Chapter 1 Administration Chapter 14 Exterior Walls 102 Applicability 1403 Performance Requirements 107 Construction Documents 110 Inspections Chapter 16 Structural Design 111 Certificates of Occupancy and
Completion 1601 General
1603 Construction Documents Chapter 2 Definitions 1605 Load Combinations
202 Definitions 1612 Flood Loads
Chapter 4 Special Detailed Requirements Based on Use and Occupancy
Chapter 18 Soils and Foundations
419 Hospitals 1801 General 420 Nursing Homes 1803 1804 Excavation, Grading and Fill 424 Swimming Pools and Bathing
Places (Public And Private) 1807 Dampproofing and
Waterproofing
Chapter 8 Interior Finishes Chapter 30 Elevators and Conveying Systems
801 General 3001 General
Chapter 12 Interior Environment Chapter 31 Special Construction 1203 Ventilation 3102 Membrane Structures
Florida Building Code – Residential
Section Section Chapter 2 Definitions Chapter 22 Special Piping and Storage
Systems 202 Definitions M2201 Oil Tanks
Chapter 3 Building Planning Chapter 24 Fuel Gas
ATTACHMENT B Page 97 of 123
R301 Design Criteria G2404 (301) General R309 Garages and Carports R322 Flood Resistant Construction Chapter 26 General Plumbing
Requirements P2601 General
Chapter 4 Foundations R401 General Chapter 27 Plumbing Fixtures R408 Under-Floor Space P2705 Installation
Chapter 13 General Mechanical System
Requirements Chapter 30 Sanitary Drainage
M1301 General P3001 General
Chapter 14 Heating and Cooling Equipment
Chapter 31 Vents
M1401 General P3101 Vent Systems
Chapter 16 Duct Systems Chapter 41 Swimming Pools M1601 Duct Construction R4101 Private Swimming Pools
Chapter 17 Combustion Air Chapter 44 High-Velocity Hurricane Zones
M1701 General R4403 High-Velocity Hurricane Zones – General
Chapter 20 Boilers and Water Heaters
M2001 Boilers
Florida Building Code – Existing Section Section
Chapter 1 Administration Chapter 10 Additions 101 General 1003 Structural
Chapter 2
202
Definitions
Definitions
Chapter 3 Prescriptive Compliance Method
Chapter 11 Historic Buildings
302
303
304
Additions
Alterations
Repairs
1101 General
Chapter 5 Repairs Chapter 12 Relocated or Moved Buildings
501 General 1202 Requirements
ATTACHMENT B Page 98 of 123
506 Structural Chapter 13 Performance Compliance
Methods Chapter 6 Alterations – Level I 1301 General
601 General
Florida Building Code – Mechanical Section Section
Chapter 3 General Regulations Chapter 6 Duct Systems M301 General M602 Plenums
M603 Duct Construction and Installation
Chapter 4 Ventilation M401 General Chapter 12 Hydronic Piping
M1206 Piping Installation Chapter 5 Exhaust Systems
M501 General Chapter 13 Fuel Oil Piping and Storage M1305 Fuel Oil System Installation
Florida Building Code – Plumbing Section
Chapter 3 General Regulations P309 Flood Hazard Resistance
Florida Building Code – Fuel Gas
Section Chapter 3 General Regulations
FG301 General
[S4506]
1612.5 Flood hazard documentation. Change to read as shown.
1612.5 Flood hazard documentation. The following documentation shall be prepared and sealed by a registered design professional and shall be submitted to the building official:
1. For construction in flood hazard areas not subject to high-velocity wave action:
1.1. The elevation of the lowest floor, including basement, as required by the foundation inspection and the final inspection in Section 110.3 109.3.
ATTACHMENT B Page 99 of 123
1.2. For fully enclosed areas below the design flood elevation where provisions to allow for the automatic entry and exit of floodwaters do not meet the minimum requirements in Section 2.6.2.1, ASCE 24, construction documents shall include a statement that the design will provide for equalization of hydrostatic flood forces in accordance with Section 2.6.2.2 of ASCE 24.
1.3. For dry floodproofed nonresidential buildings, construction documents shall include a statement that the dry floodproofing is designed in accordance with ASCE 24.
2. For construction in flood hazard areas subject to high-velocity wave action:
2.1. The elevation of the bottom of the lowest horizontal structural member as required by the foundation inspection and the final inspection in Section 110.3 109.3.
remainder not shown
[S4512]
1615.2.1 Fences. – Change to read as shown.
1615.2.1 Fences. Fences not exceeding 6 feet (1829 mm) in height from grade maybe designed for 75 mph(33 m/s) fastest mile wind speed or 115 90 mph (40 m/s) 3-second gust.
[S4686]
1620.2 – Change to read as shown.
1620.2 Wind velocity (3-second gust) used in structural calculations shall be as follows: 140 miles per hour (63 m/s) in Broward County and 146 miles per hour (65 m/s) in Miami-Dade County.
Miami-Dade County
Risk Category I Buildings and Structures: 175 165 mph
Risk Category II Buildings and Structures: 185 175 mph
Risk Category III and IV Buildings and Structures: 195 186 mph
Broward County
Risk Category I Buildings and Structures: 160156 mph
Risk Category II Buildings and Structures: 170 mph
ATTACHMENT B Page 100 of 123
Risk Category III and IV Buildings and Structures: 180 mph
[S4799]
1620.6 Rooftop structures and equipment. – Change to read as shown.
1620.6 Rooftop structures and equipment. The lateral force on rooftop structures and equipment with Af less than (0.1Bh) located on buildings of all heights shall be determined from Equation 29.5-1 of ASCE 7 Eq. 6-28 in which the value of GCf is shall be taken as 3.1. GCf shall be permitted to be reduced linearly from 3.1 to 1.1 as the value of Af is increased from (0.1Bh) to (Bh). The value of G from Section 26.9 of ASCE 7 6.5.8 shall not be used. Additionally, a simultaneous uplift force shall be applied, given by Equation 29.5-1 of ASCE 7 Eq. 6-28 in which GCf = 1.5 and Af is replaced by the horizontal projected area, Ar, of the rooftop structure or equipment. For the uplift force GCf shall be permitted to be reduced linearly from 1.5 to 1.0 as the value of Ar is increased from (0.1BL) to (BL).
[S4689]
Table 1609.1.2 – Change to read as shown.
(no change to table values)
Note a:
a. This table is based on a Vasd, determined in accordance with Section 1609.3.1 of 140 mph wind speeds and a 45-foot mean roof height.
[4676]
TABLE 1625.4 FATIGUE LOADING SEQUENCE – Change to read as shown.
TABLE 1625.4 FATIGUE LOADING SEQUENCE
RANGE OF TEST NUMBER OF CYCLES1 0 to 0.5pmax
2 600 0 to 0.6pmax 70 0 to 1.3pmax 1
1. Each cycle shall have minimum duration of 1 second and a maximum duration of 3 seconds and must be performed in a continuous manner. 2. pmax = 0.6 x ultimate design load in accordance with ASCE7.the design wind load for the height and location, when the assembly will be used. For wall and roof components, shape factors given in ASCE 7 shall be used.
ATTACHMENT B Page 101 of 123
[S4802]
TABLE 1626 CYCLIC WIND PRESSURE LOADING - Change to read as shown. TABLE 1626 CYCLIC WIND PRESSURE LOADING
INWARD ACTING PRESSURE OUTWARD ACTING PRESSURE
RANGE NUMBER OF
CYCLES1 RANGE NUMBER OF
CYCLES1 0.2 PMAX to 0.5 PMAX
2 3,500 0.3 PMAX to 1.0 PMAX 50 0.0 PMAX to 0.6 PMAX 300 0.5 PMAX to 0.8 PMAX 1,050 0.5 PMAX to 0.8 PMAX 600 0.0 PMAX to 0.6 PMAX 50 0.3 PMAX to 1.0 PMAX 100 0.2 PMAX to 0.5 PMAX 3,350
NOTES: 1. Each cycle shall have minimum duration of 1 second and a maximum duration of 3 seconds and must be performed in a continuous manner 1. 2. PMAX = 0.6 x ultimate denotes maximum design load in accordance with ASCE 7. The pressure spectrum shall be applied to each test specimen beginning with inward acting pressures followed by the outward acting pressures in the order from the top of each column to the bottom of each column.
[S4803]
Chapter 17 – STRUCTURAL TESTS
1702 – Change to read as shown.
Special Inspection. Reserved.
Special Inspection, Continuous. Reserved.
Special Inspection, Periodic. Reserved.
Structural Observation. Reserved.
[S4693]
1715.5.1 – 1715.9.4 – Change to read as shown.
ATTACHMENT B Page 102 of 123
1715.5.1 The design pressure for window and door assemblies shall be calculated in accordance with component and cladding wind loads in 1609. The design pressures, as determined from ASCE 7, are permitted to be multiplied by 0.6.
1715.5.3 Exterior door assemblies. Exterior door assemblies not covered by Section 1715.5.2or Section 1715.5.3.1 shall be tested for structural integrity in accordance with ASTM E 330 Procedure A, at a load of 1.5 times the required design pressure load. The load shall be sustained for 10 seconds with no permanent deformation of any main frame or panel member in excess of 0.4 percent of its span after the load is removed. The design pressures, as determined from ASCE 7, are permitted to be multiplied by 0.6. High-velocity hurricane zones shall comply with TAS 202. After each specified loading, there shall be no glass breakage, permanent damage to fasteners, hardware parts, or any other damage which causes the door to be inoperable.
(no change to remainder)
1715.5.3.1 Sectional garage doors and rolling doors shall be tested for determination of structural performance under uniform static air pressure difference in accordance with ANSI/DASMA 108, ASTM E 330 Procedure A, or TAS 202. For products tested in accordance with ASTM E 330, testing shall include a load of 1.5 times the required design pressure load sustained for 10 seconds, and acceptance criteria shall be in accordance with ANSI/DASMA 108. (HVHZ shall comply with TAS 202.). The design pressures, as determined from ASCE 7, are permitted to be multiplied by 0.6.
1715.5.5.4 Structural safety factor. Mullions that are tested by an approved testing laboratory shall be capable of resisting a load of 1.5 times the design pressure loads applied by the window and door assemblies to be supported. The design pressures, as determined from ASCE 7, are permitted to be multiplied by 0.6. The 1.5 times the design pressure load shall be sustained for 10 seconds, and the permanent deformation shall not exceed 0.2 percent of the mullion span for assemblies requiring deflection limitations, as defined in AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440 and 0.4 percent of the mullion span for all other assemblies after the 1.5 times design pressure load is removed. Mullions that are qualified by engineering shall be capable of resisting the design pressure loads applied by the window and door assemblies to be supported without exceeding the allowable stress of the mullion elements.
1715.8.2 The following information shall be included on the labels on impact resistant coverings:
1.Product approval holder name and address.
2.All applicable methods of approval. Methods of approval include, but are not limited to Miami-Dade NOA; Florida Building Commission, TDI Product Evaluation; ICC-ES.
3.The test standard or standards specified at Section 1609.1.2 1609.1.4, including standards referenced within the test standards specified at Section 1609.1.2 1609.1.4 used to demonstrate code compliance.
ATTACHMENT B Page 103 of 123
4. For products with a Florida Product Approval Number or a Miami-Dade County Building Code Compliance Office Notice of Acceptance Number (NOA), such numbers shall be included on the label.
1715.9.4 Installation. All manufactured soffit materials shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and in accordance with the product approval. Installation instructions shall be provided and shall be available to inspection personnel on the job site. Soffit pieces, components, fasteners, and other parts evaluated by an approved product evaluation entity, certification agency, testing laboratory, architect, or engineer and approved by the holder of the product approval may be interchangeable in manufactured soffit systems provided that the soffit system component or components provide equal or greater structural performance and durability as demonstrated by testing in accordance with approved test standards.
All exterior wall coverings and soffits shall be capable of resisting the design pressures specified for walls for components and cladding loads in accordance with Section 1609.1. Manufactured soffits shall be tested at 1.5 times the design pressure. The design pressures, as determined from ASCE 7, are permitted to be multiplied by 0.6.
[S4694]
1715.5.2.1.2 Skylights and sloped glazing – Change to read as shown.
1715.5.2.1.2 Skylights and sloped glazing. Unit skylights and tubular daylighting devices (TDDs) shall comply with the requirements of Sections 1715.5.2.1.1 and 2405. All skylights and sloped glazing shall comply with the requirements of Chapter 24.
[S4575]
1715.8.2 – Change to read as shown.
1715.8.2 The following information shall be included on the labels on impact resistant coverings:
1. Product approval holder name and address.
2. All applicable methods of approval. Methods of approval include, but are not limited to Miami-Dade NOA; Florida Building Commission, TDI Product Evaluation; ICC-ES.
3. The test standard or standards specified at Section 1609.1.4, including standards referenced within the test standards specified at Section 1609.1.4 used to demonstrate code compliance.
4. For products with a Florida Product Approval Number or a Miami-Dade County Building and Neighborhood Code Compliance Office Department Notice of Acceptance Number (NOA), such numbers shall be included on the label.
[S4530]
ATTACHMENT B Page 104 of 123
Chapter 18 - Soils and Foundations
1807.2 – 1807.2.4 – Change to read as shown.
1807.2 Retaining walls 1807.1 General. Walls built to retain or support the lateral pressure of earth or water or other superimposed loads shall be designed and constructed of masonry, concrete, steel sheet piling or other approved materials.
1807.2.1 Design. Retaining walls shall be designed to resist the design lateral soil loads in Section 1610, including both dead and live load surcharges to which such walls are subjected, and to ensure stability against overturning, sliding, excessive foundation pressure and water uplift.
1807.2.2 1807.3 Hydrostatic pressure. Unless drainage is provided, the hydrostatic head of the water pressure shall be assumed to be equal to the height of the wall.
1807.2.3 1807.4 Reinforced masonry retaining walls. Vertical reinforcement for masonry retaining walls shall comply with Table 1806.4 or shall be designed in accordance with ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS 402. Masonry shall be fully grouted with a minimum f’m of 1,500 psi (10 343 kPa). Mortar for masonry shall be Type M or S and laid in running bond. The specified location of the reinforcement shall equal or exceed the effective depth distance, d, noted in Table 1807.2.3 1806.4 and shall be measured from the exposed side of the wall to the center of the vertical reinforcement. Footings for reinforced masonry retaining walls shall be designed in accordance with ACI 318.
1807.2.4 1807.5 Segmental retaining walls. Segmental retaining walls shall be designed in accordance with NCMA Design Manual for Segmental Retaining Walls.
TABLE 1807.2.3 1807.4
REINFORCEMENT FOR MASONRY RETAINING WALLS
(no change to table values
[S4696]
ATTACHMENT B Page 105 of 123
Table 1808.8.1
Change table rows as follows
1. Foundations for structures assigned to Seismic Design Category A, B or C
2a. Reserved Foundations for Group R or U occupancies of light-frame construction, two stories or less in height,
assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E or F 2,500 psi
2b. Reserved Foundations for other structures assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E, or F 3,000 psi
[S4698]
1809.5 Fire Protection – Change to read as shown.
1809.5 Frost protection. Except where otherwise protected from frost, foundations and other permanent supports of buildings and structures shall be protected from frost by one or more of the following methods:
1. Extending below the frost line of the locality;
2. Constructing in accordance with ASCE 32; or
3. Erecting on solid rock.
Exception: Free-standing buildings meeting all of the following
conditions shall not be required to be protected:
1. Assigned to Risk Occupancy Category I, in accordance with Section 1604.5;
2. Area of 600 square feet (56m2) or less for light-frame construction or 400 square feet (37 m2) or less for
other than light-frame construction; and
3. Eave height of 10 feet (3048 mm) or less.
ATTACHMENT B Page 106 of 123
Shallow foundations shall not bear on frozen soil unless such frozen condition is of a permanent character.
[S4700]
1809.10 Pier and curtain wall foundations. – Change to read as shown.
Reserved. Except in Seismic Design Categories D, E and F, pier and curtain wall foundations shall be permitted to be used to support light-frame construction not more than two stories above grade plane, provided the following requirements are met: 1. All load-bearing walls shall be placed on continuous concrete footings bonded integrally with the exterior wall footings. 2. The minimum actual thickness of a load-bearing masonry wall shall not be less than 4 inches (102 mm)nominal or 35/8 inches (92 mm) actual thickness, and shall be bonded integrally with piers spaced 6 feet (1829 mm) on center (o.c.).
3. Piers shall be constructed in accordance with Chapter 21 and the following: 3.1. The unsupported height of the masonry piers shall not exceed 10 times their least dimension. 3.2. Where structural clay tile or hollow concrete masonry units are used for piers supporting beams and girders, the cellular spaces shall be filled solidly with concrete or Type M or S mortar. Exception: Unfilled hollow piers shall be permitted where the unsupported height of the pier is not more than four times its least dimension.
3.3. Hollow piers shall be capped with 4 inches (102 mm) of solid masonry or concrete or the cavities of the top course shall be filled with concrete or grout. 4. The maximum height of a 4-inch (102 mm) load-bearing masonry foundation wall supporting wood frame walls and floors shall not be more than 4 feet (1219 mm) in height. 5. The unbalanced fill for 4-inch (102 mm) foundation walls shall not exceed 24 inches (610 mm) for solid masonry, nor 12 inches (305 mm) for hollow masonry.
[S4702]
Chapter 19 Concrete 1918.1 and 1918.2, revise as follows: 1918.1 Reinforced concrete components. The design and construction of reinforced concrete components for buildings sited in areas where the ultimate design wind speed, Vult, is with a basic wind speed greater than 115 100 mph (45 m/s) in accordance with Figure 1609 shall conform to the requirements of ACI 318 or with Section 1609.1.1, Exception 1 3, as applicable, except as modified in this section.
ATTACHMENT B Page 107 of 123
1918.2 Insulated concrete form wall. Insulated concrete form (ICF) wall construction for buildings shall be in accordance with ACI 318 or with Section 1609.1.1, Exception 1 2, as applicable. Comment after Glitch
Chapter 20 – ALUMINUM
ATTACHMENT B Page 108 of 123
2002.4 – Change to read as shown (below).
[S4628]
ATTACHMENT B Page 109 of 123
2003.9.2 Sunroom Categories – Change to read as shown.
2003.9.2 Sunroom Categories.Sunroom Categories. For the purpose of applying the criteria of the AAMA Standard for sunrooms based on the intended use, s Sunrooms shall be categorized in one of the following categories by the permit applicant, design professional, or the property owner where the sunroom is being constructed.
[S4629]
Chapter 21 – MASONRY
2102 – revise to add the following definition:
GLASS UNIT MASONRY. Masonry composed of glass units bonded by mortar.
Comment after Glitch
2107.5 TMS 402/ ACI 530/ASCE 5. – Change to read as shown.
2107.5 TMS 402/ ACI 530/ASCE 5. (no change.
y g = 1.0 for No. 3 (M#10) through No. 5 (M#16) bars;
y g = 1.04 for No. 6 (M#19) through No. 7 (M#22) bars; and
y g = 1.2 for No. 8 (M#25) through No. 11 (M#36) bars
The symbol should be a y. The system changes it to a ?
[S4630]
ATTACHMENT B Page 110 of 123
2122.8.2 – Change to read as shown.
2122.8.2 Vertical cells to be grouted shall provided vertical alignment sufficient to maintain clear, unobstructed, continuous, vertical cores measuring not less than 2 ½ inches by 3 inches (51 mm by 76 mm) for fine aggregate grout and 3 inches by 3 inches for coarse aggregate grout as defined by ASTM C 476. The architect or engineer may specify other grout space sizes which shall be permitted provided they comply with TMS 402/ ACI 530/ ASCE 5 Section 1.19 and TMS 602/ ACI 530.1/ ASCE 6 Section 3.5C
[S4631]
Chapter 22 – STEEL
2205.3.1 Seismic Design Categories D, E and F. – Change to read as shown.
2205.3.1 Seismic Design Categories D, E and F. Reserved. Composite structures are permitted in Seismic Design Categories D , E and F, subject to the limitations in Section 12.2.1 of ASCE 7, where substantiating evidence is provided to demonstrate that the proposed system will perform as intended by AISC 341, Part II. The substantiating evidence shall be subject to building official approval. Where composite elements or connections are required to sustain inelastic deformations, the substantiating evidence shall be based on cyclic testing.
[S4703]
2206.5 Certification. – Change to read as shown.
2206.5 Certification. At completion of manufacture, the steel joist manufacturer shall submit a certificate of compliance in accordance with Section 1704.2.2 stating that work was performed in accordance with approved construction documents and with SJI standard specifications.
[S4704]
Chapter 23 – WOOD
2318.1.3.3 – Change to read as shown.
2318.1.3.3 Stud walls framing into base plates of exterior walls and interior bearing walls resting on masonry or concrete shall be anchored past the plate to the masonry or concrete, or shall be anchored to a sill plate which is anchored in accordance with Section 2318.1.4.1 when the net wind uplift is up to 500 300 pounds per foot (4378 N/m).
[S4705]
ATTACHMENT B Page 111 of 123
Chapter 24 – GLASS & GLAZING
2404.1 Vertical glass. - 2404.3.5 Vertical sandblasted glass– Change to read as shown.
2404.1 Vertical glass. Glass sloped 15 degrees (0.26 rad) or less from vertical in windows, curtain and window walls, doors and other exterior applications shall be designed to resist the wind loads for components and cladding. The load resistance of glass under uniform load shall be determined in accordance with ASTM E 1300. Design of exterior windows and glass doors in accordance with Section 2404.1 shall utilize the same edition of ASTM E 1300 used for testing in accordance with Section 1715.5 1714.5. The design of vertical glazing shall be based on the following equation:
Fgw £ Fga (Equation 24-1)
where:
Fgw is the wind load on the glass computed in accordance with Section 1609 multiplied by 0.60 and Fga is the short duration load resistance of the glass as determined in accordance with ASTM E 1300.
2404.2 Sloped glass. (no change)
Wi = Inward wind force, psf (kN/m2) as calculated in Section 1609 multiplied by 0.60.
Wo = Outward wind force, psf (kN/m2) as calculated in Section 1609 multiplied by 0.60.
2404.3.1 Vertical wired glass. (no change)
Fgw = Is the wind load on the glass computed per Section 1609 multiplied by 0.60.
2404.3.3 Vertical patterned glass. (no change)
ATTACHMENT B Page 112 of 123
Fgw = Is the wind load on the glass computed per Section 1609 multiplied by 0.60.
2404.3.5 Vertical sandblasted glass. (no change)
Fg = Total Is the wind load on the glass computed per Section 1609 multiplied by 0.60.
[S4706]
2405.5.2 Unit skylights – Change to read as shown.
2405.5.2 Unit skylights rated for separate performance grades for positive and negative design pressure. (no change)
Wo = Outward wind force, psf (kN/m2) as calculated in Section 1609 multiplied by 0.60.
(*2 places*)
[S4707]
2411.3.3.7 – Change to read as shown.
2411.3.3.7 Exterior lite of glass in an insulated glass unit shall be safety glazed. Exceptions: 1. Large missile impact-resistant glazed assemblies. 2. Non-missile impact units protected with shutters.
[S4818]
Chapter 25 – GYPSUM BOARD & PLASTER
2508.5 Horizontal gypsum board diaphragm ceilings – Change to read as shown.
2508.5 Horizontal gypsum board diaphragm ceilings (Allowable stress design). Gypsum board shall be permitted to be used on wood joists to create a horizontal diaphragm ceiling in accordance with Table 2508.5.
ATTACHMENT B Page 113 of 123
TABLE 2508.5
ALLOWABLE SHEAR CAPACITY FOR HORIZONTAL WOOD FRAMED GYPSUM BOARD DIAPHRAGM CEILING ASSEMBLIES
(no change to table values)
[S4708]
2516.2.4.1 – Change to read as shown.
2516.2.4.1 Stucco applied on metal lath shall be three-coat work applied to a total thickness of not less than1/2 7/8-inch (12.7 22.2 mm)thickness except as required to meet fire-resistance requirements.
[S4709]
2517.2 Standards – Change to read as shown.
2517.2 Standards. The following standards are adopted as set forth in Chapter 35. Standard Specification for the Application and Finishing of Gypsum Wallboard, ANSI A97.1.
Application and finishing of gypsum wallboard GA-216-07
Fire resistance Design Manual GA-600-06
[S4757]
Chapter 30 – ELEVATORS & CONVEYING SYSTEMS
3001.3 Accessibility. Change to read as shown.
3001.3 Accessibility. Passenger elevators are required to be accessible by the Florida Building Code, Accessibility by Chapter 11. shall conform to ICC A117.1.
[S4727]
ATTACHMENT B Page 114 of 123
3002.4 Elevator car to accommodate an ambulance stretcher. Change to read as shown.
3002.4 Elevator car to accommodate an ambulance stretcher. Where elevators are provided in buildings four or more stories above, or four or more stories below, grade plane, or where the rise exceeds 25 feet, at least one elevator shall be provided for Any building that is more than three stories high or in which the vertical distance between the bottom terminal landing and the top terminal landing exceeds 25 feet,must be constructed to contain at least one passenger elevator that is operational for building occupants and fire department emergency access to all floors. The elevator car shall be of such a size and arrangement to accommodate an ambulance stretcher 24-inches by 76-inches (610 mm by 1950 mm) with not less than 5-inch radius corners in the horizontal, open position and shall be identified by the international symbol for emergency medical services (star of life). The symbol shall not be less than 3 inches (76 mm) high and shall be placed inside on both sides of the hoistway door frame.
[SP4597]
SECTION 3013
ALTERATIONS TO ELECTRIC AND HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS AND ESCALATORS
REVISE Section 3013.1 and REPLACE Section 3013.1 to read as shown.
3013.1 Alterations to electric and hydraulic elevators and escalators.
Alterations set forth in Part 8, ASME A17.1 to include any change to equipment, including its parts, components, and/or subsystems, other than maintenance, repair, or replacement; require an elevator construction permit, along with documented performance of inspections and tests to determine conformance with ASME A17.1. A repair or replacement of equipment, parts, components or subsystems that requires inspection, tests and independent witnessing in other sections of ASME A17.1, A17.3 and A18.1 shall also require an elevator construction permit. , in accordance with Section 105, Florida Building Code, Building.
[SP4608]
Chapter 31 – SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
3102.7 Engineering design. – Change to read as shown.
3102.7 Engineering design. The structure shall be designed and constructed to sustain dead loads; loads due to tension or inflation; and live loads including wind loads and flood in accordance with Chapter 16.
ATTACHMENT B Page 115 of 123
[S4513]
3105.4.2.1 revise to read as follows:
3105.4.2.1 The wind design loads for any fabric or membrane-covered structure designed with a quick removal or breakaway membrane or fabric at wind velocities of 75 mph, shall be based on the following criteria:
1. Minimum wind speed velocity of 3-second wind gust 105 90 mph
2. Importance factor based on low hazard to human life of 0.77.
2 3. Exposure Category B, for or C, or D as defined in Chapter 16.
3105.4.2.2 The wind design loads for any fabric or membrane covered structure designed with a permanent or nonremovable fabric or membrane, shall be based on the following criteria:
1. Minimum wind speed velocity as required in Chapter 16 using Figure 1609C..
2. Importance factor based on low hazard to human life of 0
2. Exposure B, C or D as defined in Chapter 16.
3105.5.1 revise to read as follows:
3105.5.1 Loads. Rigid awnings and canopy shutters shall be designed to resist the loads set forth in Chapter 16 of this Code except that structures or parts thereof which are intended to be removed or repositioned during periods of high wind velocity shall be designed in their open or extended position to design pressures based on a basic wind speed of minimum 115 90 mph, 3-second wind gust with applicable shape factors and to resist not less than 10 psf (478 Pa) roof live load.
[S4710]
3109.1.1 Scope. Revise to read as shown.
3109.1.1 Scope. The provisions of Section 3109 shall ensure that structures located seaward of the coastal construction control line are designed to resist the predicted forces associated with a 100-year storm event and shall apply to the following:
ATTACHMENT B Page 116 of 123
1. All habitable structures which extend wholly or partially seaward of a coastal construction control line (CCCL) or 50-foot (15.3 m) setback line.
2. Substantial improvement of or additions to existing habitable structures.
3. Swimming pools that are located in close proximity to a habitable structure or armoring. An environmental permit from the Florida Department of Environmental Protection, requiring special siting considerations to protect the beach-dune system, proposed or existing structures and public beach access, is required prior to the start of construction. The environmental permit may condition the nature, timing and sequence of construction of permitted activities to provide protection to nesting sea turtles and hatchlings and their habitat, including review, submittal and approval of lighting plans.
Exception: The standards for buildings seaward of a CCCL area do not apply to any modification, maintenance or repair of any existing structure within the limits of the existing foundation which does not require, involve or include any additions to, or repair or modification of, the existing foundation of that structure. , except for substantial improvement of or additions to existing habitable structures.
An environmental permit from the Florida Department of Environmental Protection, requiring special siting considerations to protect the beach-dune system, proposed or existing structures and public beach access, is required prior to the start of construction. The environmental permit may condition the nature, timing and sequence of construction of permitted activities to provide protection to nesting sea turtles and hatchlings and their habitat, including review, submittal and approval of lighting plans.
Comment after Glitch
Chapter 35 – REFERENCED STANDARDS
Building Chapter 35 - Referenced Standards – Change to read as shown.
ASME
American Society of Mechanical Engineers
Three Park Avenue
New York, NY 10016-5990
Standard reference number Title Referenced in code section number
REVISE text as shown.
ATTACHMENT B Page 117 of 123
A17.1 - 1990 11-4.10
A17.1/CSA B44-2007 Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators includes A17.1a-- 2008 and A17.1b-2009 Addenda, 1607.8.1, 3001.1, 3001.2, 3001.4, 3001.6, 3002.5, 3002.9, 3003.2, 3007.1, 3008.3, 3008.11.5, 3008.14.1, 3010.1, 3011.1, 3012.1, 3013.1
A17.3—96 Safety Code for Existing Elevators and Escalators 3001.1, 3001.2, 3001.5
A18.1—08 Safety Standard for Platform Lifts and Stairway Chairlifts 3001.1, 3001.2
A90.1 - 03 Safety Standard for Belt Manlifts 3001.2
A120.1—01 Safety Requirements for Powered Platforms for Building Maintenance 3001.6
B20.1 - 2003 Safet Standard for Conveyors and related equipment 3001.2, 3005.3
[SP4724]
AAF – Change to read as shown.
Revisions to the AAF Guide:
General Notes: Chapter 2
Allowable Roof Panel Spans (Table 201) are for industry standard generic panel products, alternate roof panel approved equivalent products may be substituted based upon a Florida Product Approval, in accordance with design pressures specified in Table 201.
General Notes: Chapter 4
Allowable Roof Panel Spans (Table 401) are for industry standard generic panel products, alternate roof panel approved equivalent products may be substituted based upon a Florida Product Approval, in accordance with design pressures specified in Table 401.
General Notes: Chapter 5
Allowable Roof Panel Spans (Table 501) are for industry standard generic panel products, alternate roof panel approved equivalent products may be substituted based upon a Florida Product Approval, in accordance with design pressures specified in Table 501.
ATTACHMENT B Page 118 of 123
General Notes: Chapter 6
4) Allowable Roof Panel Spans (Table 601) are for industry standard generic panel products, alternate roof panel approved equivalent products may be substituted based upon a Florida Product Approval, in accordance with design pressures specified in Table 601.
General Notes: Chapter 8
Allowable Roof Panel Spans (Table 801) are for industry standard generic panel products, alternate roof panel approved equivalent products may be substituted based upon a Florida Product Approval, in accordance with design pressures specified in Table 801.
[S4632]
AAMA –– Change to read as shown.
AAMA
American Architectural Manufacturers Association
1827 Waldon Walden Office Square, Suite 104 550
Schaumburg, IL 60173-4268
[CA4589]
ANSI – Change to read as shown.
ANSI American National Standards Institute 25 West 43rd Street, Fourth Floor New York, NY 10036 A 97.1 Specification for the Application and Finishing of Gypsum Wallboard 2517.2
[S4759]
ASCE/SEI – Change to read as shown.
ASCE/SEI
American Society of Civil Engineers
ATTACHMENT B Page 119 of 123
Structural Engineering Institute
1801 Alexander Bell Drive
Reston, VA 20191-4400
7-10 Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures (with Errata dated January 11, 2011)
[S4711]
ASTM – Change to read as shown.
ASTM
ASTM International
100 Barr Harbor Drive
West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959
Standard reference number Title Referenced in code section number
…
C 509-00 Elastomeric Cellular Preformed Gaskets and Sealing Material 2411.3.4
…
C 864-05 Dense Elastomeric Compression Seal Gaskets, Setting Blocks, and Spacers ________________________________________ 2411.3.4
…
C 1115-00 Dense Elastomeric Silicone Rubber Gaskets and Accessories 2411.3.4
…
E 2203-02 Dense Thermoplastic Elastomers Used for Compression Seals, Gaskets, Setting Blocks, Spacers and Accessories 2411.3.4
[S4806]
ATTACHMENT B Page 120 of 123
Florida Building Code, Accessibility – Change to read as shown.
Florida Building Code, Accessibility Ch. 11 FBC-B—2012 Ch. 11, Florida Building Code, Building (Florida Accessible Code for Building Construction) 101.4.8, 104.11.3, 201.5, 403.1.1, 406.2.2, 412.1.6, 423.10.2.8.7, 423.27.4, 423.28.2.4, 427.1.4.1.1.3, 427.1.4.4.1, 427.1.4.4.2, 1003.3.4, 1003.5.3, 1007.1, 1008.1, 1009.5.3, 1009.11.8, 1009.14, 1010.1, 1010.8, 1010.9, 1208.2, 3001.3
[SP4731]
Appendix F – Change to read as shown.
APPENDIX F
Rodent Proofing
The provisions contained in this appendix are not mandatory unless specifically referenced in the adopting ordinance.
SECTION F101
GENERAL
F101.1 General. Buildings or structures and the walls enclosing habitable or occupiable rooms and spaces in which persons live, sleep or work, or in which feed, food or foodstuffs are stored, prepared, processed, served or sold, shall be constructed in accordance with the provisions of this section.
F101.2 Foundation wall ventilation openings. Foundation wall ventilator openings shall be covered for their height and width with perforated sheet metal plates no less than 0.070 inch (1.8 mm) thick, expanded sheet metal plates not less than 0.047 inch (1.2 mm) thick, cast iron grills or grating, extruded aluminum load-bearing vents or with hardware cloth of 0.035 inch (0.89 mm) wire or heavier. The openings therein shall not exceed 1/4 inch (6.4 mm).
ATTACHMENT B Page 121 of 123
F101.3 Foundation and exterior wall sealing. Annular spaces around pipes, electric cables, conduits, or other openings in the walls shall be protected against the passage of rodents by closing such openings with cement mortar, concrete masonry or noncorrosive metal.
F101.4 Doors. Doors on which metal protection has been applied shall be hinged so as to be free swinging. When closed, the maximum clearance between any door, door jambs and sills shall not be greater than 3/8 inch (9.5 mm).
F101.5 Windows and other openings. Windows and other openings for the purpose of light or ventilation located in exterior walls within 2 feet (610 mm) above the existing ground level immediately below such opening shall be covered for their entire height and width, including frame, with hardware cloth of at least 0.035 inch (0.89 mm) wire or heavier.
F101.5.1 Rodent-accessible openings. Windows and other openings for the purpose of light and ventilation in the exterior walls not covered in this chapter, accessible to rodents by way of exposed pipes, wires, conduits and other appurtenances, shall be covered with wire cloth of at least 0.035 inch (0.89 mm) wire. In lieu of wire cloth covering, said pipes, wires, conduits and other appurtenances shall be blocked from rodent usage by installing solid sheet metal guards 0.024 inch (0.61 mm) thick or heavier. Guards shall be fitted around pipes, wires, conduits or other appurtenances. In addition, they shall be fastened securely to and shall extend perpendicularly from the exterior wall for a minimum distance of 12 inches (305 mm) beyond and on either side of pipes, wires, conduits or appurtenances.
F101.6 Pier and wood construction.
F101.6.1 Sill less than 12 inches above ground. Buildings not provided with a continuous foundation shall be provided with protection against rodents at grade by providing either an apron in accordance with Section F101.6.1.1 or a floor slab in accordance with Section F101.6.1.2.
F101.6.1.1 Apron. Where an apron is provided, the apron shall not be less than 8 inches (203 mm) above, nor less than 24 inches (610 mm) below, grade. The apron shall not terminate below the lower edge of the siding material. The apron shall be constructed of an approved nondecayable, water-resistant rodentproofing material of required strength and shall be installed around the entire perimeter of the building. Where constructed of masonry or concrete materials, the apron shall not be less than 4 inches (102 mm) in thickness.
ATTACHMENT B Page 122 of 123
F101.6.1.2 Grade floors. Where continuous concrete grade floor slabs are provided, open spaces shall not be left between the slab and walls, and openings in the slab shall be protected.
F101.6.2 Sill at or above 12 inches above ground. Buildings not provided with a continuous foundation and which have sills 12 or more inches (305 mm) above the ground level shall be provide with protection against rodents at grade in accordance with any of the following:
1. Section F101.6.1.1 or F101.6.1.2;
2. By installing solid sheet metal collars at least 0.024 inch (0.6 mm) thick at the top of each pier or pile and around each pipe, cable, conduit, wire or other item which provides a continuous pathway from the ground to the floor; or
3. By encasing the pipes, cables, conduits or wires in an enclosure constructed in accordance with Section F101.6.1.1.
[SP4764]
ATTACHMENT B Page 123 of 123
Why test for OSHPD seismic compliance? It is obvious that hospitals are critical for post earthquake recovery. Equally obvious is that elevators are critical to the post earthquake functioning of hospitals. Such critical components are recognized in ASCE 7 as “Designated Seismic Systems” and carry a certification requirement shown in 13.2.2 of that document which reads in part: “Active mechanical and electrical equipment that must remain operable following the design earthquake ground motion shall be certified by the manufacturer as operable whereby active parts or energized components shall be certified exclusively on the basis of approved shake table testing in accordance with Section 13.2.5 or experience data in accordance with Section 13.2.6 unless it can be shown that the component is inherently rugged by comparison with similar seismically qualified components…” What makes elevators almost unique among non-structural components is that their design and manufacture is subject to a set of ANSI recognized requirements. These requirements, ANSI/ASME A17.1, cover the strength requirements for almost all sub-components of an elevator system, quite often at force levels well beyond the maximum design earthquake for the state of California. The importance of testing is shown where the maintenance of anchorage is insufficient to prove continued operation after a design earthquake. Starting at the top of the building, here are the major components of elevator systems: Hoisting machine, deflector sheaves, supports, etc. - designed to twice the sum of the tensions in the suspension ropes. These components aren’t susceptible to lateral forces beyond overturning. Overspeed governors - A17.1 provides operational requirements, but no strength requirements. Shake table testing may be required. Controller & drive - no strength requirements in A17.1 plus internal complexity requires shake table testing. Standalone transformers - No strength requirements in A17.1 nor seismic requirements in the NEC. Overturning resistance shown by calculation. Elevator frame & cab - A17.1 prescribes loading and allowable stresses. Consider emergency braking and safety sets.
ATTACHMENT C Page 1 of 2
Rails & rail brackets - loading and strength prescribed. Anchorage calculations should suffice to show compliance. Hoistway switches - function covered by A17.1. Strength and displacement resistance can be shown by calculation. Entrance doors & frames - vertical and horizontal strength requirements as well as fire resistance requirements in A17.1. Buffer - strength requirements in A17.1. Overturning resistance shown by calculation.
ATTACHMENT C Page 2 of 2
July
20,
201
1S
CH
IND
LER
ELE
VA
TOR
CP
RP
OR
ATI
ON
Vin
cent
.Rob
iber
o
NE
II A
gend
a Ite
mAS
ME
A17.
1 R
evis
ion
to M
CP
Sect
ion
8.6.
2.1
> N
ext 1
stco
nsid
erat
ion
ballo
t will
be
out b
y ea
rly A
ugus
t.
>Tar
get t
o ha
ve c
ode
read
y fo
r A17
.1–
2013
.
> C
anad
a an
d ot
herA
HJ’
sar
e co
nsid
erin
g im
plem
entin
gad
min
istra
tivel
y th
e ap
prov
ed re
vise
d co
de b
efor
e co
de a
dopt
ion
ATTACHMENT D Page 1 of 6
July
20,
201
1S
CH
IND
LER
ELE
VA
TOR
CP
RP
OR
ATI
ON
Vin
cent
.Rob
iber
o
Sum
mar
y of
MC
P re
visi
on c
ode
prop
osal
•8.
6.1.
2.1:
The
prop
osal
for t
he M
CP
is th
at it
add
ress
loca
lco
nditi
ons
as s
peci
fied
in 8
.6.1
.2.1
.
Thes
e co
nditi
ons
may
cha
nge
and
the
party
per
form
ing
mai
nten
ance
mus
t add
ress
the
chan
ging
con
ditio
ns.
It is
inte
nded
that
the
MC
P sh
ould
incl
ude
mai
nten
ance
requ
irem
ents
from
the
man
ufac
ture
r/ins
talle
rder
ived
from
On-
Site
Equi
pmen
t Doc
umen
tatio
nth
at h
as b
een
crea
ted
to fa
cilit
ate
subs
eque
nt s
ervi
ce p
rovi
ders
in d
evel
opin
g a
mai
nten
ance
sch
edul
ean
d M
CP
that
fit t
heir
serv
ice
mod
el a
nd to
ols.
ATTACHMENT D Page 2 of 6
July
20,
201
1S
CH
IND
LER
ELE
VA
TOR
CP
RP
OR
ATI
ON
Vin
cent
.Rob
iber
o
Sum
mar
y of
MC
P re
visi
on c
ode
prop
osal
•8.
6.1.
2.1:
MC
P. I
nclu
des
all c
ode
requ
ired
task
s, m
aint
enan
ce p
roce
dure
s,ex
amin
atio
ns a
nd te
sts
for m
aint
enan
ce o
f equ
ipm
ent c
over
ed w
ithin
the
scop
e of
AS
ME
A17
.1/C
SA
B44
8.6
.4 th
ru 8
.6.1
1. T
he M
CP
refe
renc
es8.
6.1.
2.2
and
8.6.
1.4
as n
eces
sary
.
•8.
6.1.
2.2:
On-
site
equ
ipm
ent d
ocum
enta
tion
is a
new
sec
tion
that
cons
olid
ates
and
incl
udes
doc
umen
tatio
n th
at m
ust b
e ke
pt in
har
d co
py o
n-si
te fo
r the
life
of t
he e
quip
men
t suc
h as
wiri
ng d
iagr
ams,
uni
que
task
s,un
ique
mai
nten
ance
pro
cedu
res,
uni
que
exam
inat
ions
, uni
que
test
s, a
ndot
her c
ode
requ
ired
writ
ten
proc
edur
es.
•8.
6.1.
4 O
n-si
te m
aint
enan
ce re
cord
s co
nsol
idat
es re
cord
s th
at m
ust b
eav
aila
ble
on s
ite in
the
follo
win
g:–
8.6.
1.4.
1 re
cord
s to
reco
rd th
e co
mpl
etio
n of
all
asso
ciat
ed m
aint
enan
ceta
sks
spec
ified
in th
e M
CP
8.6.
1.2.
1 (c
).–
8.6.
1.4.
2 R
epai
r and
repl
acem
ent r
ecor
ds–
8.6.
1.4.
3 O
ther
reco
rds
ATTACHMENT D Page 3 of 6
July
20,
201
1S
CH
IND
LER
ELE
VA
TOR
CP
RP
OR
ATI
ON
Vin
cent
.Rob
iber
o
Pro
pose
d ne
w s
ectio
ns
On-
site
mai
nten
ance
reco
rds
(8.6
.1.4
.1)
MC
P R
ecor
ds 8
.6.1
.4.1
(a)
(Log
vie
wab
le o
n-si
te)
MC
P R
ecor
ds (
8.6.
1.4.
1(b)
) co
vers
repa
irs
(8.6
.2)
and
repl
acem
ents
(8.6
.3)
no m
atte
r w
hat t
he r
easo
n–
sche
dule
d or
uns
ched
uled
vis
it (
log
view
able
on
site
)
MC
P R
ecor
ds (
8.6.
1.4.
1(c)
)co
vers
Oil
usa
ge (
Wri
tten
Log
kep
t on-
site
)Fi
refi
ghte
r se
rvic
e (W
ritt
en lo
gke
pt o
n-si
te)
Per
iodi
c te
sts
(tes
t tag
s)R
epla
cem
ent c
rite
ria
com
plia
nce
reco
rds
(Wri
tten
log
kept
on-
site
)
ATTACHMENT D Page 4 of 6
July
20,
201
1S
CH
IND
LER
ELE
VA
TOR
CP
RP
OR
ATI
ON
Vin
cent
.Rob
iber
o
Thre
e m
ain
ballo
t con
cern
s
•Th
ere
is a
gro
up o
n th
e co
mm
ittee
pus
hing
for:
–C
allb
ack
logs
to b
e ke
pt a
nd re
tain
ed o
n si
te. T
he b
allo
t pro
posa
ldo
es n
ot re
quire
cal
lbac
k to
be
kept
on
site
(see
8.6
.1.4
.2 in
yello
w o
f the
atta
ched
).
–M
aint
enan
ce p
roce
dure
s, s
uch
as b
rake
adj
ustm
ent
proc
edur
es, b
e ke
pt in
the
MC
P, n
ot ju
st th
ose
proc
edur
esal
read
y re
quire
d by
cod
e as
pro
pose
d in
the
ballo
t, (s
ee8.
6.1.
2.2
in th
e at
tach
ed).
–Fo
rmat
of i
nfor
mat
ion
disp
laye
d on
com
plet
ed m
aint
enan
ceta
sks
be m
anda
tory
for a
ll m
etho
ds o
f pro
vidi
ng it
. The
bal
lot
prop
osal
pro
vide
s a
non-
man
dato
ry fo
rmat
in th
e ap
pend
ix. (
See
8.6.
1.4.
1(a)
)
ATTACHMENT D Page 5 of 6
July
20,
201
1S
CH
IND
LER
ELE
VA
TOR
CP
RP
OR
ATI
ON
Vin
cent
.Rob
iber
o
Rec
omm
enda
tion
to N
EII
•S
uppo
rt th
e ba
llot p
ropo
sal
ATTACHMENT D Page 6 of 6
TN
08-
1348
A17
Mai
nten
ance
Rep
air
and
Rep
lace
men
t
Prop
osal
for F
irst C
onsi
dera
tion
Bal
lot
With
con
curr
ent R
evie
w a
nd C
omm
ent t
o th
e A
17 M
RR
Jun
e 29
201
1N
EXT
ME
ETIN
G T
O A
NS
WER
NE
XT F
IRST
CO
NSI
DER
ATIO
N W
ILL
BE A
T M
R&R
ME
ETIN
G IN
NEW
OR
LEAN
S O
N S
EPT
EMB
ER 1
3.
Back
grou
nd:I
t is
reco
mm
ende
d th
at th
e re
view
erre
ad th
e pr
opos
al a
nd ra
tiona
le in
its
entir
ety
befo
rere
sear
chin
g th
e cu
rren
t req
uire
men
ts. T
hefo
llow
ing
prov
ides
gui
danc
e to
iden
tify
thos
e re
quire
men
ts th
at h
ave
been
relo
cate
d an
d / o
r cha
nged
in th
is p
ropo
sal.
(Als
o se
e th
ein
form
atio
nal
bloc
k di
agra
mat
end
of t
his
prop
osal
)
Ther
e ar
e A
17.1
TN
s th
at w
ill a
dd s
peci
al n
ew p
roce
dure
s in
to th
e M
CP
and
if p
asse
d w
ill b
e in
corp
orat
ed in
toth
is p
ropo
sal s
uch
asne
w 8
.6.1
.2.2
On-
Site
Equ
ipm
ent D
ocum
enta
tion
8.6.
1.2.
1:Th
e M
CP
mus
t add
ress
loca
l con
ditio
ns a
s sp
ecifi
ed in
8.6
.1.2
.1.
Thes
e co
nditi
ons
may
cha
nge
and
the
party
per
form
ing
mai
nten
ance
mus
t add
ress
the
chan
ging
con
ditio
ns.
It is
inte
nded
that
the
MC
P sh
ould
incl
ude
mai
nten
ance
requ
irem
ents
from
the
man
ufac
ture
r/ins
talle
rde
rived
from
On-
Site
Equi
pmen
t Doc
umen
tatio
n th
at h
as b
een
crea
ted
to fa
cilit
ate
subs
eque
nt s
ervi
ce p
rovi
ders
in d
evel
opin
g a
mai
nten
ance
sche
dule
and
MC
P th
at fi
t the
ir se
rvic
e m
odel
and
tool
s.
The
follo
win
g se
ctio
ns h
ave
been
con
solid
ated
and
and
/or n
ewly
form
ed:
8.
6.1.
2.1:
MC
P. I
nclu
des
all c
ode
requ
ired
task
s, m
aint
enan
ce p
roce
dure
s,ex
amin
atio
ns a
nd te
sts
for m
aint
enan
ce o
f equ
ipm
ent c
over
ed w
ithin
the
scop
e of
ASM
E A1
7.1/
CSA
B44
8.6
.4 th
ru 8
.6.1
1.Th
e M
CP
refe
renc
es 8
.6.1
.2.2
and
8.6
.1.4
as
nece
ssar
y.
8.6.
1.2.
2: O
n-si
teeq
uipm
ent d
ocum
enta
tion
is a
new
sec
tion
that
con
solid
ates
and
incl
udes
doc
umen
tatio
n th
at m
ust b
e ke
pt in
har
d co
pyon
-site
for t
he li
fe o
f the
equ
ipm
ent
such
as
wiri
ng d
iagr
ams,
uni
que
task
s,un
ique
mai
nten
ance
pro
cedu
res,
uniq
ue e
xam
inat
ions
,uni
que
test
s, a
nd o
ther
cod
e re
quire
d w
ritte
n pr
oced
ures
.
8.6.
1.4
On-
site
mai
nten
ance
reco
rds
cons
olid
ates
reco
rds
that
mus
t be
avai
labl
e on
site
in th
e fo
llow
ing:
o8.
6.1.
4.1
reco
rds
to re
cord
the
com
plet
ion
of a
ll as
soci
ated
mai
nten
ance
task
s sp
ecifi
ed in
the
MC
P 8.
6.1.
2.1
(c).
o8.
6.1.
4.2
Rep
air a
nd re
plac
emen
t rec
ords
o8.
6.1.
4.3
Oth
er re
cord
s
Add
toA
17.1
Sect
ion
1.3,
Def
initi
ons:
mai
nten
ance
proc
edur
e: A
n in
stru
ctio
n or
seq
uenc
e of
inst
ruct
ions
forp
erfo
rmin
g a
spec
ific
task
(s)
mai
nten
ance
task
: An
act
ivity
(wor
k)th
at n
eeds
tobe
acc
ompl
ishe
d
mai
nten
ance
inte
rval
: The
spe
cifie
d pe
riod
betw
een
the
occu
rren
ces
of a
spe
cific
task
.
Mai
nten
ance
Con
trol P
rogr
am (M
CP)
: A
doc
umen
ted
set o
f tas
ks,m
aint
enan
ce p
roce
dure
s,ex
amin
atio
ns a
nd te
sts
to e
nsur
e th
at e
quip
men
t is
mai
ntai
ned
in c
ompl
ianc
e w
ith th
e re
quire
men
ts o
f 8.6
Rat
iona
le(d
efin
ition
s):T
ohe
lpcl
arify
term
sin
prop
osed
revi
sion
sre
gard
ing
the
MC
P,m
aint
enan
cere
cord
s,an
dre
late
ddo
cum
enta
tion
asw
ella
spr
ovid
ecl
arifi
catio
nfo
rthe
pro
pose
dco
dere
visi
ons.
Also
util
izes
sta
ndar
d di
ctio
nary
def
initi
on
Form
atte
d:N
otEx
pand
edby
/Co
nden
sed
by
Del
eted
:¶
ATTACHMENT E Page 1 of 13
TN
08-
1348
A17
Mai
nten
ance
Rep
air
and
Rep
lace
men
t
2.20
.8.1
Pro
tect
ion
Agai
nst T
ract
ion
Loss
.All
elec
tric
tract
ion
elev
ator
s sh
all b
e pr
ovid
ed w
ith a
trac
tion
loss
det
ectio
n m
eans
to d
etec
t los
s of
tract
ion
betw
een
susp
ensi
on m
embe
rs a
nd d
rive
shea
ve [S
ee 8
.6.1
.2.(f
)(g)
]. Th
is m
eans
sha
ll:(a
) be
base
d up
on th
e ty
pe o
f sus
pens
ion
mem
bers
and
the
appl
icat
ion;
(b) d
etec
t rel
ativ
e m
otio
n (S
ee 2
.20.
11, 8
.10.
2.2.
2(cc
)(3)
and
8.6
.4.1
9.12
) bet
wee
n th
e dr
ive
she
ave
and
susp
ensi
on m
embe
rs b
efor
e an
ysu
spen
sion
mem
ber p
arts
and
func
tion
in a
ccor
danc
e w
ith 2
.20.
8.2(
c) in
not
gre
ater
than
the
smal
ler o
f the
follo
win
g:(1
) 45
seco
nds
(2) t
he ti
me
for t
rave
ling
the
full
trave
l, pl
us 1
0s, w
ith a
min
imum
of 2
0s if
the
full
trave
l is
less
than
10s
.(c
) whe
n ac
tuat
ed, c
ause
the
rem
oval
of e
lect
rical
pow
er fr
om th
e dr
ivin
g m
achi
ne m
otor
and
bra
ke. T
he m
eans
sha
ll co
mpl
y w
ith th
ere
quire
men
ts o
f 2.2
6.4.
4, 2
.26.
7, 2
.26.
8.3,
2.2
6.9.
5.3
and
2.26
.9.6
.3. N
o si
ngle
gro
und
shal
l ren
der t
he tr
actio
n lo
ss d
etec
tion
mea
nsin
effe
ctiv
e.(d
) onc
e ac
tuat
ed b
y tra
ctio
n lo
ss, c
ompl
y w
ith th
e fo
llow
ing:
(1) t
he tr
actio
n lo
ss d
etec
tion
mea
ns s
hall
rem
ain
actu
ated
unt
il m
anua
lly re
set,
(2) t
he c
ar s
hall
not s
tart
or ru
n un
less
the
tract
ion
loss
det
ectio
n m
eans
is m
anua
lly re
set.
[See
8.6
.1.2
.1(f)
(g) a
nd 8
.6.1
1.9]
(3) t
he m
anua
l res
et m
eans
sha
ll be
key
-ope
rate
d or
beh
ind
a lo
cked
cov
er. T
he k
ey s
hall
be G
roup
1 S
ecur
ity. (
See
8.1
),(4
) the
rem
oval
or r
esto
ratio
n of
mai
n lin
e po
wer
sha
ll no
t res
et th
e tra
ctio
n lo
ss d
etec
tion
mea
ns.
(e) b
ear
rang
ed to
be
test
ed in
acc
orda
nce
with
the
requ
irem
ents
in 8
.10.
2.2.
2(cc
)(3)
(c) a
nd 8
.6.4
.19.
12.
(f) b
e in
clud
ed in
the
Mai
nten
ance
Con
trol P
rogr
am, [
See
8.6.
1.2.
1(f)
(g)]
with
suf
ficie
nt d
etai
l to
ensu
re th
at te
stin
g ca
n be
acc
ompl
ishe
dby
ele
vato
r per
sonn
el.
2.20
.8.2
Bro
ken
susp
ensi
on m
embe
r. A
ll el
ectri
c tra
ctio
n el
evat
ors,
exc
ludi
ng th
ose
with
ste
el w
ire ro
pes
grea
ter t
han
or e
qual
to 8
mm
, sha
ll be
prov
ided
with
a b
roke
n su
spen
sion
mem
ber d
etec
tion
mea
ns. T
he m
eans
sha
ll:(a
) ope
rate
at o
r bef
ore
the
sepa
ratio
n of
a s
uspe
nsio
n m
embe
r.(b
) whe
n ac
tuat
ed, a
utom
atic
ally
func
tion
to s
top
the
car i
n a
cont
rolle
d m
anne
r at o
r bef
ore
the
next
land
ing
for w
hich
a d
eman
d w
asre
gist
ered
, and
the
elev
ator
sha
ll no
t be
perm
itted
to re
star
t exc
ept o
n ho
istw
ay a
cces
s or
insp
ectio
n op
erat
ion,
(c) b
e ar
rang
ed to
be
test
ed in
acc
orda
nce
with
the
requ
irem
ents
in 8
.10.
2.2.
2(qq
)(1)
and
inst
ruct
ions
for t
estin
g sh
all b
e in
clud
ed in
the
Mai
nten
ance
Con
trol P
rogr
am, [
See
8.6
.1.2
.1(f)
(g)w
ith s
uffic
ient
det
ail t
o en
sure
that
test
ing
can
be a
ccom
plis
hed
by e
leva
tor p
erso
nnel
.(d
) rem
ain
actu
ated
unt
il m
anua
lly re
set.
Not
e: 2
.20.
8.2(
d) th
is d
oes
not r
equi
re th
e m
eans
itse
lf to
rem
ain
actu
ated
onl
y th
at th
e el
evat
or s
hall
not b
e pe
rmitt
ed to
rest
art e
xcep
t on
hois
tway
acc
ess
or in
spec
tion
oper
atio
n un
til a
man
ual r
eset
is p
erfo
rmed
.
2.20
.8.3
Sus
pens
ion
mem
ber r
esid
ual s
tren
gth.
All
elec
tric
tract
ion
elev
ator
s, e
xclu
ding
thos
e w
ith s
teel
wire
rope
s, s
hall
be p
rovi
ded
with
resi
dual
stre
ngth
det
ectio
n m
eans
. The
mea
ns s
hall:
(a)o
pera
te b
efor
e an
y su
spen
sion
mem
ber i
s re
duce
d in
stre
ngth
to 6
0% o
f its
rate
d br
eaki
ng fo
rce.
(b) w
hen
actu
ated
, aut
omat
ical
ly fu
nctio
n to
sto
p th
e ca
r at t
he n
ext a
vaila
ble
land
ing,
ope
n th
e do
ors,
and
pre
vent
the
elev
ator
from
rest
artin
g ex
cept
on
hois
tway
acc
ess
or in
spec
tion
oper
atio
n,(c
) be
arra
nged
to b
e te
sted
in a
ccor
danc
e w
ith th
e re
quire
men
ts in
8.1
0.2.
2.2(
qq)(
2) a
ndin
stru
ctio
ns fo
r tes
ting
shal
l be
incl
uded
in th
e M
aint
enan
ce C
ontro
l Pro
gram
, [S
ee 8
.6.1
.2.1
(f)(g
)with
suf
ficie
nt d
etai
l to
ensu
re th
atte
stin
g ca
n be
acc
ompl
ishe
d by
ele
vato
r per
sonn
el.
(d) r
emai
n ac
tuat
ed u
ntil
man
ually
rese
t.
Form
atte
d:St
riket
hrou
gh
ATTACHMENT E Page 2 of 13
TN
08-
1348
A17
Mai
nten
ance
Rep
air
and
Rep
lace
men
t
Not
e: 2
.20.
8.3(
d) th
is d
oes
not r
equi
re th
e m
eans
itse
lf to
rem
ain
actu
ated
onl
y th
at th
e el
evat
or s
hall
not b
e pe
rmitt
ed to
rest
art e
xcep
t on
hois
tway
acce
ss o
r ins
pect
ion
oper
atio
n un
til a
man
ual r
eset
is p
erfo
rmed
.
Rat
iona
le: U
pdat
ed re
fere
nces
Tabl
e2.
26.4
.3.2
inN
otes
(c)T
heSI
Lva
lues
spec
ified
inTa
ble
2.26
.4.3
.2ar
eba
sed
ona
proo
f-tes
tfre
quen
cyof
nom
ore
than
half
the
rate
ofde
man
don
the
safe
tyfu
nctio
n.Th
ein
spec
tion
frequ
enci
es p
rovi
ded
inN
onm
anda
tory
Appe
ndix
Nse
rves
asa
refe
renc
eto
this
proo
f-tes
tmai
nten
ance
inte
rval
and
are
addr
esse
din
the
Mai
nten
ance
Con
trolP
rogr
am.S
eere
quire
men
t8.6
.1.4
2.1(
a)(1
).
Rat
iona
le: R
evis
ed re
fere
nce.
8.6.
1.1.
3It
is th
e in
tent
of
8.6
to r
equi
re m
aint
enan
ce to
ass
ure
com
plia
nce
with
the
code
appl
icab
le a
t the
tim
e of
inst
alla
tion
or
alte
ratio
n.It
isno
tth
ein
tent
of8.
6to
requ
ire
chan
ges
toth
eeq
uipm
ent
tom
eet
the
desi
gn,
equi
pmen
tna
mep
late
(s)
orpe
rfor
man
cest
anda
rdot
her
than
thos
esp
ecif
ied
in8.
6.1.
1.2,
unl
ess
spec
ific
ally
stat
ed in
8.6.
(see
8.6.
5.8,
8.6
.8.3
and
8.6
.8.4
.3).
Rat
iona
le:
To
prov
ide
clar
ity o
n th
e sc
ope
of 8
.6 r
equi
rem
ents
.Id
entif
y re
quire
men
ts th
at m
ay m
anda
te c
hang
esto
exi
stin
g eq
uipm
ent.
8.6.
1.2.
1A
writ
ten
Mai
nten
ance
Con
trol P
rogr
am s
hall
be in
plac
e to
mai
ntai
n th
e eq
uipm
ent i
n co
mpl
ianc
e w
ith th
e re
quire
men
ts o
f 8.6
.(a
)Th
e M
aint
enan
ce C
ontro
l Pro
gram
sha
ll co
nsis
t of b
utno
t be
limite
d to
(1)
exam
inat
ions
and
mai
nten
ance
ofeq
uipm
ent
atsc
hedu
led
inte
rval
sin
orde
rto
ensu
reth
atth
ein
stal
latio
nco
nfor
ms
toth
ere
quire
men
tsof
8.6.
The
mai
nten
ance
pro
cedu
res
and
inte
rval
s sh
all
be b
ased
on
(a)
equi
pmen
tag
e,co
nditi
on,
and
accu
mul
ated
wea
r(b
)de
sign
and
inhe
rent
qual
ity o
f the
equ
ipm
ent
(c)
usag
e(d
)en
viro
nmen
tal c
ondi
tions
(e)
impr
oved
tech
nolo
gy(f
)th
e m
anuf
actu
rer ’
s re
com
men
datio
ns fo
r any
SIL
rate
d de
vice
s or
circ
uits
(2)
clea
ning
,lu
bric
atin
g,an
dad
just
ing
appl
icab
leco
mpo
nent
sat
regu
lar
inte
rval
san
d re
pairi
ng o
r rep
laci
ng a
ll w
orn
or d
efec
tive
com
pone
nts
whe
re n
eces
sary
tom
aint
ain
the
inst
alla
tion
in c
ompl
ianc
e w
ith th
e re
quire
men
ts o
f 8.6
.(3
)te
sts
ofeq
uipm
ent
atsc
hedu
led
inte
rval
s(8
.6.1
.7) i
nor
der t
o en
sure
that
the
inst
alla
tion
conf
orm
s to
the
requ
irem
ents
of 8
.6.
(4)
all
Cod
ere
quire
dw
ritte
npr
oced
ures
(e.g
., ch
eck
out,
insp
ectio
n, te
stin
g, a
ndm
aint
enan
ce).
(b)
The
inst
ruct
ions
for
loca
ting
the
Mai
nten
ance
Con
trol P
rogr
am s
hall
be p
rovi
ded
in o
r on
the
cont
rolle
r alo
ng w
ith in
stru
ctio
ns o
n ho
w to
repo
rt an
y co
rrect
ive
actio
n th
at
ATTACHMENT E Page 3 of 13
TN
08-
1348
A17
Mai
nten
ance
Rep
air
and
Rep
lace
men
t
mig
ht b
e ne
cess
ary
to th
e re
spon
sibl
e pa
rty.
(c)
The
mai
nten
ance
reco
rds
requ
ired
by 8
.6.1
.4 s
hall
beke
pt a
t a c
entra
l loc
atio
n.(d
)Th
e M
aint
enan
ce C
ontro
l Pro
gram
sha
ll be
acc
essi
ble
to th
e el
evat
or p
erso
nnel
and
shal
l doc
umen
t com
plia
nce
with
8.6
.(e
)Pr
oced
ures
for
test
s,pe
riodi
cin
spec
tions
,m
aint
enan
ce,
repl
acem
ents
,adj
ustm
ents
,an
dre
pairs
for
all
SIL
rate
dE/
E/PE
Sel
ectri
cal
prot
ectiv
ede
vice
san
d ci
rcui
ts s
hall
be in
corp
orat
ed in
to a
nd m
ade
part
of th
e M
aint
enan
ceC
ontro
lPr
ogra
m.
See
2.2
6. 4
. 3. 2
,2.
26 .9
.4 (b
), 2
.26.
9.5.
1(b)
, and
2.2
6.9.
6.1(
b).
(f)
Whe
reun
ique
orpr
oduc
t-spe
cific
proc
edur
esor
met
hods
are
requ
ired
toin
spec
t or t
est e
quip
men
t, su
ch p
roce
dure
s or
met
hods
shal
l be
incl
uded
in th
e M
aint
enan
ce C
ontro
l Pro
gram
.
Rev
ise
8.6.
1.2.
1in
its’e
ntire
tyto
read
:
8.6.
1.2.
1 M
aint
enan
ce C
ontr
olPr
ogra
m(M
CP)
A w
ritte
n M
aint
enan
ce C
ontro
l Pro
gram
sha
ll be
in p
lace
to e
nsur
e th
at th
e eq
uipm
ent i
sm
aint
aine
din
com
plia
nce
with
the
requ
irem
ents
of 8
.6.
The
MC
Psh
all s
peci
fy re
quire
men
ts fo
rcl
eani
ng,
lubr
icat
ing,
and
adju
stin
gap
plic
able
com
pone
nts
atre
gula
rin
terv
als
and
repa
iring
or r
epla
cing
all w
orn
or d
efec
tive
com
pone
nts
whe
re n
eces
sary
.
a)A
Mai
nten
ance
Con
trolP
rogr
amfo
r eac
h un
it. (s
ee 8
.6.1
.1.1
) sha
ll be
pro
vide
d by
the
pers
on(s
) and
/or f
irm m
aint
aini
ng th
eeq
uipm
ent.
The
Mai
nten
ance
Con
trol P
rogr
amsh
all b
e av
aila
ble
for v
iew
ing
by e
leva
tor p
erso
nnel
at t
he ti
me
ofac
cept
ance
insp
ectio
n an
d te
stfro
mth
etim
eof
equ
ipm
enti
nsta
llatio
n or
alte
ratio
n (s
ee 8
.10.
1.5)
.
b) T
he M
CP
shal
l inc
lude
, but
not
be
limite
d to
, the
cod
e re
quire
d m
aint
enan
ce ta
sks,
mai
nten
ance
pro
cedu
res
and
exam
inat
ion
and
test
s lis
ted
with
the
asso
ciat
edre
quire
men
t(se
e8.
6.4
thru
8.6.
11).
Whe
rem
aint
enan
ce ta
sks,
mai
nten
ance
pro
cedu
res,
or
exam
inat
ions
or t
ests
hav
e be
en re
vise
d in
8.6
the
MC
P sh
all b
e up
date
d.
c) T
he M
CP
shal
l ref
eren
ce O
n-Si
te E
quip
men
t Doc
umen
tatio
n (s
ee 8
.6.1
.2.2
) nee
ded
to fu
lfill
8.6.
1.2.
1(b)
and
On
-Site
Mai
nten
ance
Rec
ords
(see
8.6.
1.4.
1) th
at re
cord
the
com
plet
ion
of a
ll as
soci
ated
mai
nten
ance
task
s sp
ecifi
ed in
8.6
.1.4
.1(a
).
d) W
here
the
MC
Pis
mai
ntai
ned
rem
otel
yfro
mth
e m
achi
ne ro
om, m
achi
nery
spa
ce, c
ontro
l roo
m, o
rco
ntro
l spa
ce(s
ee 8
.11.
1.8)
inst
ruct
ions
for
loca
ting
or v
iew
ing
the
MC
Pei
ther
inha
rd c
opy
orin
ele
ctro
nic
form
atfo
r per
iodi
c in
spec
tion
and
test
shal
lbe
post
ed o
n th
e co
ntro
ller o
r at t
hem
eans
nec
essa
ry fo
r tes
t (se
e 2.
7.6.
4).T
he in
stru
ctio
ns s
hall
be p
erm
anen
tly le
gibl
e w
ith c
hara
cter
s a
min
imum
of 3
mm
(0.1
25in
) in
heig
ht.
e)Th
e sp
ecifi
ed s
ched
uled
mai
nten
ance
inte
rval
s(s
ee1.
3)sh
all,
as a
pplic
able
, be
base
don
(1)e
quip
men
t age
, con
ditio
n, a
ndac
cum
ulat
ed w
ear
(2)d
esig
nan
din
here
ntqu
ality
ofth
eeq
uipm
ent
(3)u
sage
(4)e
nviro
nmen
talc
ondi
tions
(5)i
mpr
oved
tech
nolo
gy(6
)the
man
ufac
ture
r’sre
com
men
datio
nsfo
rany
SIL
rate
dde
vice
sor
Circ
uits
(7)t
he m
anuf
actu
rer’s
reco
mm
enda
tions
bas
ed o
n an
y A
17.7
/B44
.7 a
ppro
ved
com
pone
nts
or fu
nctio
ns
ATTACHMENT E Page 4 of 13
TN
08-
1348
A17
Mai
nten
ance
Rep
air
and
Rep
lace
men
t
(f)Pr
oced
ures
for t
ests
; per
iodi
c in
spec
tions
; mai
nten
ance
; rep
lace
men
ts; a
djus
tmen
ts; a
nd re
pairs
for t
ract
ion-
loss
det
ectio
n m
eans
, bro
ken-
susp
ensi
on-m
embe
r det
ectio
n m
eans
, res
idua
l-stre
ngth
dete
ctio
n m
eans
, and
rela
ted
circ
uits
sha
ll be
inco
rpor
ated
into
and
mad
e pa
rt of
the
Mai
nten
ance
Con
trol P
rogr
am. [
See
2.20
.8.1
, 2.2
0.8.
2, 2
.20.
8.3,
8.6
.11.
10, 8
.10.
2.2.
2(cc
)(3)
(c)(
2), 8
.10.
2.2.
2(ss
), an
d 8.
6.4.
19.1
2.]
Rat
iona
le 8
.6.1
.2.1
:T
heM
CP
mus
tbe
avai
labl
efo
r vie
win
g du
ring
acce
ptan
cetu
rnov
er(c
ompl
ianc
ew
ith8.
10),
and
perio
dic
insp
ectio
n (8
.11)
and
test
s (8
.6).
AHJ
acce
ptan
cein
spec
tion
crite
riam
aybe
impl
emen
ted
inva
rious
form
s,fo
rexa
mpl
e re
quire
iton
site
,ord
urin
gty
peex
amin
atio
n,or
durin
gpe
rmit
and
plan
chec
k. T
o cl
arify
that
the
MC
P ad
dres
ses
the
rele
vant
saf
ety
rela
ted
mai
nten
ance
act
iviti
es a
s pr
escr
ibed
in 8
.6.
Adde
d re
quire
men
tsto
man
date
MC
P is
upda
ted
asa
resu
ltof
cha
nges
in e
quip
men
t, m
aint
enan
ce p
roce
dure
s, o
rcod
e.O
ther
requ
irem
ents
have
been
revi
sed
and
mov
edto
othe
rsec
tions
with
in8.
6.Th
e re
quire
men
ts 8
.6.1
.2.1
(a)(2
) are
mov
ed in
the
prop
osed
8.6
.1.2
.1.
The
requ
irem
ents
8.6
.1.2
.1(b
) inc
lude
sa
requ
irem
ent t
hat t
he M
CP
mus
t be
upda
ted
as c
ode
chan
ges.
8.6.
1.2.
1(a
)(2)
is n
ot n
eede
d si
nce
it is
incl
uded
in th
e sp
ecifi
c M
aint
enan
ce re
quire
men
ts8.
6.1.
2.1(
b) m
oved
to 8
.6.1
.4.2
.8.
6.1.
2.1(
e) re
vise
d to
rem
ove
stat
emen
t of r
epai
r and
repl
acem
ent p
erTN
08-
634
New
8.6.
1.2.
2 O
n-Si
te E
quip
men
t Doc
umen
tatio
nTh
e fo
llow
ing
writ
ten
docu
men
ts s
hall
be p
erm
anen
tly k
ept o
n-si
tein
the
mac
hine
room
, mac
hine
ry s
pace
, con
trol r
oom
, con
trol s
pace
, or i
n th
em
eans
nec
essa
ry fo
r tes
t (2.
7.6.
4)in
har
d co
pyfo
reac
hun
itfo
r the
spe
cifie
d pe
rson
nel.
(a) U
p-to
-dat
e w
iring
dia
gram
s de
tailin
g ci
rcui
ts o
f all
elec
trica
l pro
tect
ive
devi
ces
(see
2.2
6.2)
and
criti
calo
pera
ting
circ
uits
(see
2.26
.3).
(b) M
aint
enan
ce p
roce
dure
s or
met
hods
requ
ired
for e
leva
tor p
erso
nnel
tope
rform
insp
ectio
n, te
stin
g an
d re
plac
emen
ts n
ot d
escr
ibed
in A
SME
A17.
2, s
uch
as:
(1) u
niqu
e m
aint
enan
ce p
roce
dure
s or
met
hods
requ
ired
for i
nspe
ctio
n, te
sts,
and
repl
acem
ent o
f SIL
rate
d E/
E/PE
S e
lect
rical
prot
ectiv
e de
vice
s an
dci
rcui
ts. S
ee2.
26.4
.3.2
,2.2
6.9.
3.2(
b), 2
.26.
9.5.
1(b)
, and
2.2
6.9.
6.1(
b),
(2) u
niqu
e m
aint
enan
ce p
roce
dure
s or
met
hods
requ
ired
for i
nspe
ctio
n,te
sts,
and
repl
acem
ent o
f equ
ipm
ent a
pplie
d un
der
alte
rnat
ive
arra
ngem
ents
(see
1.2
.2.1
) sha
ll be
pro
vide
d by
the
man
ufac
ture
r or i
nsta
ller,
(3) u
niqu
e m
aint
enan
ce p
roce
dure
s or
uni
que
met
hods
requ
ired
for i
nspe
ctio
n an
d te
sts
of e
quip
men
t spe
cifie
d in
a C
ode
Com
plia
nce
Doc
umen
tatio
n (C
CD
) to
A17.
7/B4
4.7
issu
es b
y an
Accr
edite
d El
evat
or /
Esca
lato
rC
ertif
ying
Org
aniz
atio
n.
(c) W
ritte
n pr
oced
ures
for t
he fo
llow
ing:
(1)E
vacu
atio
n pr
oced
ures
for e
leva
tors
by
auth
oriz
ed p
erso
ns a
ndem
erge
ncy
pers
onne
l.(s
ee 8
.6.1
1.5.
2 an
d A1
7.4)
(2)T
he p
roce
dure
for c
lean
ing
of a
car
and
hoi
stw
ay tr
ansp
aren
ten
clos
ures
by a
utho
rized
per
sons
(see
8.6
.11.
4.2)
ATTACHMENT E Page 5 of 13
TN
08-
1348
A17
Mai
nten
ance
Rep
air
and
Rep
lace
men
t
(3) C
heck
out p
roce
dure
to d
emon
stra
te E
/E/P
ES fu
nctio
n as
inte
nded
(see
8.6
.4.1
9.10
)(4
) Che
ckou
t pro
cedu
re fo
r ele
vato
r lev
elin
g sp
eed
with
ope
n do
ors
(see
8.6
.4.2
0.8)
(5) C
heck
out p
roce
dure
for h
ydra
ulic
ele
vato
r ove
r spe
ed v
alve
(see
8.6
.5.1
6.5)
(6) C
heck
out p
roce
dure
for e
scal
ator
reve
rsal
sto
ppin
g de
vice
(see
8.6
.8.1
5.7)
(7) C
heck
out p
roce
dure
for e
scal
ator
han
drai
l ret
ardi
ng fo
rce
(see
8.6
.8.1
5.13
)
Rat
iona
le:
Iden
tifie
d al
l cod
e re
quire
d pr
oced
ures
, ins
pect
ions
, and
test
s(8
.6.1
.2.2
(a)):
Mov
ed8.
6.1.
2.1
(e)a
nd(f)
toth
isse
ctio
n8.
6.1.
2.2(
b)to
cons
olid
ate
docu
men
tatio
n th
atm
ustb
epe
rman
ently
kept
onsi
te.
Ref
eren
ced
A17.
2to
reco
gniz
ein
spec
tion
and
test
proc
edur
esth
atar
eno
tuni
que.
8.6.
1.2.
2(b
) rel
ocat
ed th
ese
exis
ting
requ
irem
ents
to s
ub p
arag
raph
(b) a
nd a
dd n
ew re
quire
men
t for
A17
.7 A
ECO
Cer
tifie
d Eq
uipm
ent i
n (b
)(3)
8.6.
1.2.
2(c
)Ide
ntifi
ed e
xist
ing
code
requ
ired
writ
ten
proc
edur
es.
8.6.
1.2.
23
Whe
rea
defe
ctiv
epa
rtdi
rect
lyaf
fect
ing
the
safe
tyof
the
oper
atio
nis
iden
tifie
d,th
eeq
uipm
ents
hall
beta
ken
outo
fser
vice
until
the
defe
ctiv
epa
rtha
sbe
en a
djus
ted,
repa
ired,
orre
plac
ed.
Rat
iona
le:A
ddne
wre
fere
nce
8.6.
1.2.
3an
dm
ove
entir
ere
quire
men
tin
8.6.
1.2.
2to
new
8.6.
1.2.
3
8.6.
1.4.
1M
aint
enan
cere
cord
ssh
all
docu
men
tco
mpl
ianc
ew
ith8.
6of
the
Cod
ean
d sh
all i
nclu
de re
c- o
rds
on th
e fo
llow
ing
activ
ities
:(a
)de
scrip
tion
ofm
aint
enan
ceta
skpe
rform
edan
d da
tes
(b)
desc
ripti
onan
dda
tes
ofex
amin
atio
ns,
test
s, a
djus
tmen
ts, r
epai
rs, a
ndre
plac
emen
ts(c
)de
scrip
tion
and
date
sof
call
back
s(tr
oubl
eca
lls)
orre
ports
that
are
repo
rted
toel
evat
or p
erso
nnel
by
any
mea
ns, i
nclu
ding
cor
rect
ive
actio
n ta
ken
(d)
writ
ten
reco
rd o
f the
findi
ngs
on th
e fir
efig
hter
’s s
ervi
ce o
pera
tion
requ
ired
by8.
6.11
.1
Rev
ise
8.6.
1.4
inits
entir
ety
tore
ad:
8.6.
1.4
Mai
nten
ance
Rec
ords
8.6.
1.4.
1O
n-Si
teM
aint
enan
ceR
ecor
ds
8.6.
1.4.
1(a)
Mai
nten
ance
Con
trolP
rogr
am R
ecor
dsA
reco
rd th
at s
hall
incl
ude
the
mai
nten
ance
task
slis
ted
with
the
asso
ciat
edre
quire
men
tsof
8.6
iden
tifie
din
the
Mai
nten
ance
Con
trolP
rogr
am(8
.6.1
.2.1
)and
the
spec
ified
sche
dule
d in
terv
als
shal
l be
mai
ntai
ned.
The
spec
ified
sch
edul
edm
aint
enan
ce in
terv
als
(see
1.3)
shal
l, as
app
licab
le, b
e ba
sed
on(1
)equ
ipm
ent a
ge, c
ondi
tion,
and
accu
mul
ated
wea
r(2
)des
ign
and
inhe
rent
qual
ityof
the
equi
pmen
t
ATTACHMENT E Page 6 of 13
TN
08-
1348
A17
Mai
nten
ance
Rep
air
and
Rep
lace
men
t
(3)u
sage
(4)e
nviro
nmen
talc
ondi
tions
(5)i
mpr
oved
tech
nolo
gy(6
)the
man
ufac
ture
r’sre
quire
men
tfor
any
spec
ific
equi
pmen
t com
pone
nt in
clud
ing
SIL
rate
dde
vice
sor
Circ
uits
(7))
the
man
ufac
ture
r’sre
quire
men
ts a
nd/o
r con
ditio
ns o
f val
idity
bas
ed o
n an
y A1
7.7/
B44.
7 ce
rtifie
d co
mpo
nent
s or
func
tions
MC
P re
cord
s sh
all b
e vi
ewab
le o
n-si
te b
y el
evat
or p
erso
nnel
in e
ither
har
d co
py o
rel
ectro
nic
form
at a
nd s
hall
incl
ude
the
follo
win
g:1)
Site
nam
e an
d ad
dres
s,2)
Ser
vice
pro
vide
r na
me,
3) c
onve
yanc
e id
entif
icat
ion
and
type
,4)
dat
e of
reco
rd,
5) m
aint
enan
ce ta
sk, i
nter
val,
and
asso
ciat
ed re
quire
men
ts o
f 8.6
,6)
indi
catio
n of
com
plet
ion
of ta
sk.
Inst
ruct
ions
forl
ocat
ing
the
reco
rds
ofea
chun
itfo
r im
med
iate
view
ing
shal
lbe
post
ed o
n th
e co
ntro
ller o
r at t
he m
eans
nec
essa
ry fo
r tes
t (se
e2.
7.6.
4).T
he p
rovi
ded
inst
ruct
ions
sha
ll be
per
man
ently
legi
ble
with
cha
ract
ers
a m
inim
um o
f 3m
m (0
.125
in) i
n he
ight
.MC
P re
cord
s sh
all r
ecor
dco
mpl
eted
task
sw
ith th
e pe
rson
(s) a
nd /
or fi
rm p
erfo
rmin
g th
e ta
sk fo
rthe
mos
t rec
ent5
yea
rs o
r fro
m th
e da
te o
f ins
talla
tion,
whi
chev
er is
less
.MC
Pre
cord
sof
repa
irs a
nd re
plac
emen
ts s
hall
bere
tain
ed b
y th
e ow
ner o
f the
equ
ipm
ent,
or th
eir a
gent
, for
the
mos
t rec
ent
5ye
ars
or fr
om th
e da
te o
fin
stal
latio
n,w
hich
eve
r is
less
and
sha
ll be
a p
erm
anen
t rec
ord
for t
he in
stal
latio
n. D
ata
used
for M
CP
reco
rds
may
be
kept
rem
otel
y fro
m t
he s
ite.
Not
e:R
equi
red
cont
ent a
nd r
ecom
men
ded
form
at fo
r doc
umen
ting
mai
nten
ance
con
trol p
rogr
am re
cord
s ca
n be
foun
d in
non
-man
dato
ry a
ppen
dix
XXX.
. Th
is is
onl
y an
exa
mpl
e fo
rmat
a s
peci
fic p
rogr
am is
requ
ired
for e
ach
unit.
8.6.
1.4.
1(b)
Rep
air a
nd R
epla
cem
ent R
ecor
dsTh
e fo
llow
ing
repa
irs a
nd re
plac
emen
ts s
hall
be re
cord
ed a
nd s
hall
be k
epto
n-si
te fo
r vie
win
g by
ele
vato
r per
sonn
el in
eit
her h
ard
copy
or e
lect
roni
cfo
rmat
.Ins
truct
ions
forl
ocat
ing
the
reco
rds
ofea
chun
itfo
r im
med
iate
view
ing
shal
lbe
post
ed o
n th
e co
ntro
ller o
r at t
he m
eans
nec
essa
ry fo
r tes
t(s
ee 2
.7.6
.4).
The
prov
ided
inst
ruct
ions
sha
ll be
per
man
ently
legi
ble
with
cha
ract
ers
a m
inim
um o
f 3m
m (0
.125
in) i
n he
ight
. The
reco
rdsh
all
incl
ude
anex
plan
atio
nof
the
repa
iror
repl
acem
ent,
date
, and
nam
eof
per
son(
s)an
d/or
firm
per
form
ing
the
task
. The
reco
rdof
repa
irs a
ndre
plac
emen
ts s
hall
bere
tain
ed b
y th
e ow
ner
of th
e eq
uipm
ent f
or th
e m
ost r
ecen
t5ye
ars
or fr
om th
e da
te o
f ins
talla
tion,
whi
ch e
ver i
s le
ss a
nd s
hall
be a
per
man
ent r
ecor
d fo
r the
inst
alla
tion.
(1)
Rep
airs
(8.6
.2.1
- 8.6
.2.5
) inc
ludi
ng re
pairs
of c
ompo
nent
s an
d de
vice
s lis
ted
in8.
6.4,
8.6
.5, 8
.6.6
, 8.6
.7, 8
.6.8
, 8.6
.9, a
nd 8
.6.1
0
(2) R
epla
cem
ents
(8.6
.3.1
– 8.
6.3.
11ex
cept
8.6
.3.7
and
8.6
.3.1
0) in
clud
ing
repl
acem
ents
of c
ompo
nent
s an
d de
vice
s lis
ted
in8.
6.4,
8.6
.5,
8.6.
6, 8
.6.7
, 8.6
.8, 8
.6.9
, and
8.6
.10
8.6.
1.4.
1(c)
Oth
er R
ecor
dsTh
e fo
llow
ing
writ
ten
reco
rds
shal
l be
kept
on-
site
for e
ach
unit.
Inst
ruct
ions
for l
ocat
ing
the
reco
rds
of e
ach
unit
for i
mm
edia
te v
iew
ing
shal
l be
post
ed o
n th
e co
ntro
ller o
r at t
he m
eans
nec
essa
ry fo
r tes
t (se
e 2.
7.6.
4).T
he p
rovi
ded
inst
ruct
ions
sha
ll be
per
man
ently
legi
ble
with
cha
ract
ers
am
inim
um o
f 3m
m (0
.125
in) i
n he
ight
.The
se re
cord
s sh
all b
e re
tain
ed fo
r the
mos
t rec
ent 5
yea
rs fr
om o
f the
dat
e of
inst
alla
tion,
whi
ch e
ver i
s le
ss.
The
reco
rd s
hall
incl
ude
the
date
and
nam
e of
per
son(
s) a
nd/o
r firm
per
form
ing
the
task
.(1
) A re
cord
of o
il us
age
(8.6
.5.7
)(2
) A re
cord
of f
indi
ngs
for f
irefig
hter
’s s
ervi
ce o
pera
tion
requ
ired
by
ATTACHMENT E Page 7 of 13
TN
08-
1348
A17
Mai
nten
ance
Rep
air
and
Rep
lace
men
t
8.6.
11.1
with
iden
tific
atio
n of
the
pers
on(s
) tha
tpe
rform
ed th
e op
erat
ion
(3) P
erio
dic
test
s (s
ee 8
.6.1
.7) s
hall
be d
ocum
ente
d or
reco
rded
inac
cord
ance
with
8.6
.1.7
.2(4
)writ
ten
reco
rd to
doc
umen
t com
plia
nce
with
repl
acem
ent c
riter
ia s
peci
fied
in A
SM
E A1
7.6
Req
uire
men
t 1.1
0.1.
1(c)
.
Rat
iona
le:8
.6.1
.4.1
Rew
ritte
n.Th
is c
ombi
nes
all w
ritte
n re
cord
s to
be
mai
ntai
ned
on-s
ite.
Rew
ritte
n to
dis
tingu
ish
type
s of
reco
rds
( 8.6
.1.4
.1(a
),re
cord
s re
late
d to
mai
nten
ance
(MC
P re
cord
s),
8.6.
1.4.
1(b)
,re
cord
s re
late
d to
repa
irs a
ndre
plac
emen
ts o
f com
pone
nts
or d
evic
es re
leva
nt to
the
safe
ope
ratio
n of
the
conv
eyan
ce, a
nd n
ew 8
.6.1
.4.1
(c),
oth
er re
cord
s su
ch a
s th
e oi
lus
age.
8.6.
1.4.
1M
oved
from
8.6.
1.2.
1to
clea
rlydi
stin
guis
hm
aint
enan
ce p
roce
dure
sfro
mre
cord
keep
ing.
Mai
nten
ance
inte
rval
s ar
e in
clud
edin
the
MC
Pre
cord
rath
er th
an th
e M
CP
beca
use
the
cond
ition
sth
atdr
ive
the
mai
nten
ance
inte
rval
are
dyna
mic
and
may
cha
nge
with
time.
(See
8.6.
1.4.
1(a)
)C
ontin
uity
ofm
aint
enan
cebe
twee
nse
rvic
epr
ovid
ers
is fa
cilit
ated
by
mai
ntai
ning
thes
e re
cord
s.In
addi
tion
toth
eon
-site
reco
rdof
test
s(n
ew8.
6.1.
4.1(
c) (3
)are
cord
ofal
lcom
plet
edm
aint
enan
ceta
sks
and
thei
r las
tcom
plet
ion
date
sw
illm
aint
ain
that
cont
inui
ty.T
hefiv
eye
ar re
cord
rete
ntio
nw
ill al
low
suf
ficie
nt le
ngth
of t
ime
to a
llow
acc
ess
to p
rior r
ecor
ds re
late
d to
the
activ
ity.
Ele
ctro
nic
form
at o
r har
dco
py th
at is
vie
wab
le o
n si
te s
atis
fies
the
requ
irem
ent t
hat t
he in
form
atio
n is
ava
ilabl
eTh
e do
cum
enta
tion
of p
erio
dic
test
s w
ill b
e do
cum
ente
d w
ith th
e ex
istin
g te
st ta
g re
quire
men
t (8.
6.1.
7.2)
and
che
ck li
st.
Mov
ed “t
roub
le c
alls
” in
sect
ion
8.6.
1.4.
1(c)
to n
ew s
ectio
n 8.
6.1.
4.2.
Five
yea
rs w
as c
hose
n to
allo
w s
uffic
ient
leng
th o
f tim
e to
cov
er p
erio
dici
ty o
f mai
nten
ance
task
s
Del
ete: 8.
6.1.
4.2
Rec
ord
Avai
labi
lity.
The
mai
nten
ance
reco
rds
shal
l be
avai
labl
e to
the
elev
ator
per
sonn
el.
Rat
iona
le:
8.6.
1.4.
2 R
ewrit
ten.
8.6.
1.4.
2 an
d pr
ovid
e cl
arity
on
wha
t rec
ords
are
requ
ired
and
the
loca
tion
for t
hese
reco
rds.
Whe
n in
spec
tions
are
per
form
ed c
erta
in c
ompo
nent
s m
ay n
ot b
e re
adily
iden
tifie
d as
repa
ired
orre
plac
ed. C
ompo
nent
s w
ere
adde
d fo
r rec
ordi
ngre
pair
or re
plac
emen
t to
aler
t ele
vato
r per
sonn
elth
at a
mor
e th
orou
gh in
spec
tion
of th
at c
ompo
nent
may
be
nece
ssar
y. T
hese
are
com
pone
nts
that
cou
ld re
quire
mor
e co
mpl
ex te
stin
g to
ver
ify c
ompl
ianc
e th
an ju
st a
sim
ple
rout
ine
chec
k.C
ompo
nent
s w
here
an
insp
ectio
n te
st is
suf
ficie
nt to
cov
er c
ode
com
plia
nce
of re
paire
d or
repl
aced
com
pone
nts
or in
volv
ing
alte
ratio
ns w
ere
not
incl
uded
in th
is s
ectio
n.To
iden
tify
reco
rds
that
need
to b
e on
-site
and
are
of v
alue
in c
ompl
ianc
e w
ith th
is s
ectio
n of
the
code
. Inc
lude
d co
mpo
nent
s in
8.6
.2.1
thro
ugh
8.6.
2.5
addi
tiona
l co
mpo
nent
s id
entif
ied
in 8
.6 d
eem
ed n
eces
sary
for
on
-site
rec
ord
rete
ntio
n. R
ecor
ding
rep
air
and
repl
acem
ent
of t
hese
com
pone
nts
wer
ead
ded
for
reco
rdin
gre
pair
toal
ert
elev
ator
pers
onne
lth
ata
mor
eth
orou
gh e
xam
inat
ion
may
be n
eces
sary
.Th
ese
are
com
pone
nts
that
coul
dre
quire
mor
eco
mpl
exte
stin
gto
verif
y co
mpl
ianc
ebe
yond
asi
mpl
ero
utin
ech
eck.
Com
pone
nts
whe
rean
insp
ectio
nte
stis
suf
ficie
ntto
cove
rcod
eco
mpl
ianc
eof
repa
ired
orre
plac
edco
mpo
nent
sor
invo
lvin
g al
tera
tions
wer
eno
tinc
lude
din
this
sect
ion.
8.6.
1.4.
2C
all B
acks
(Tro
uble
Cal
ls):
The
serv
ice
prov
ider
sha
ll m
aint
ain
a re
cord
of d
escr
iptio
n an
d da
tes
of c
all b
acks
or r
epor
ts in
clud
ing
corr
ectiv
e ac
tion
take
n th
at a
re re
porte
d by
any
mea
ns to
ele
vato
r per
sonn
el. T
hese
reco
rds
shal
l be
mad
e av
aila
ble
to e
leva
tor p
erso
nnel
perfo
rmin
g co
rrec
tive
actio
n. F
or e
leva
tor p
erso
nnel
oth
er th
an p
erso
nnel
per
form
ing
the
corr
ectiv
e ac
tion,
reco
rds
will
be a
vaila
ble
from
the
serv
ice
prov
ider
upo
n re
ques
t.In
stru
ctio
ns o
n ho
w to
repo
rt an
yne
ed fo
rcor
rect
ive
actio
n to
the
resp
onsi
ble
party
shal
lbe
post
ed o
n th
e co
ntro
ller
or a
t the
mea
ns n
eces
sary
for t
est (
see
2.7.
6.4)
.The
inst
ruct
ions
sha
ll be
per
man
ently
legi
ble
with
cha
ract
ers
a m
inim
um o
f 3m
m (0
.125
in) i
nhe
ight
.
ATTACHMENT E Page 8 of 13
TN
08-
1348
A17
Mai
nten
ance
Rep
air
and
Rep
lace
men
t
Rat
iona
le: T
his
info
rmat
ion
is n
eede
d by
ele
vato
r per
sona
l per
form
ing
corr
ectiv
e ac
tion
incl
udin
g ne
cess
ary
repa
irs a
nd re
plac
emen
ts.T
hese
rvic
e pr
ovid
er w
ill d
eter
min
e th
e m
etho
d of
how
the
info
rmat
ion
will
be
com
mun
icat
ed to
suc
h pe
rson
nel.
Add
ition
al o
n-si
te re
cord
s fo
rre
pairs
, rep
lace
men
ts, a
nd o
ther
reco
rds
such
as
perio
dic
test
s ar
e re
quire
d. S
ee 8
.6.1
.4(b
) and
8.6
.1.4
.1(c
).
8.6.
1.6.
3C
ontr
olle
rs, W
iring
,and
Wiri
ngD
iagr
ams
(a)
Up-
to-d
ate
wiri
ngdi
agra
ms
deta
iling
circ
uits
ofal
lele
ctric
alpr
otec
tive
devi
ces
(see
2.26
.2)
and
criti
cal
oper
atin
gci
rcui
ts(s
ee2.
26.3
)sh
all
beav
aila
ble
inth
em
achi
nery
spac
e,m
achi
nero
om,c
ontro
lspa
ce,
orco
ntro
lroo
mas
appr
opria
teto
the
inst
alla
tion.
ba)T
hein
terio
rsof
cont
rolle
rsan
dth
eirc
ompo
nent
ssh
allb
ecl
eane
dw
hen
nece
ssar
yto
min
imiz
eth
eac
cum
ulat
ion
offo
reig
nm
atte
rtha
tcan
inte
rfere
with
the
oper
atio
nof
the
equi
pmen
t.
cb)T
empo
rary
wiri
ngan
din
sula
tors
orbl
ocks
inth
ear
mat
ures
orpo
les
ofm
agne
tical
ly o
pera
ted
switc
hes,
cont
acto
rs,o
rrel
ays
oneq
uipm
enti
nse
rvic
ear
epr
ohib
ited.
dc)W
hen
jum
pers
are
used
durin
gm
aint
enan
ce,r
epai
rs,o
rtes
ting,
allj
umpe
rssh
allb
e re
mov
edan
dth
eeq
uipm
entt
este
dpr
iort
ore
turn
ing
itto
serv
ice.
Jum
pers
shal
lnot
be s
tore
din
mac
hine
room
s,co
ntro
lro
oms,
hois
tway
s,m
achi
nery
spac
es,
cont
rol
spac
es,
esca
lato
r/mov
ing
wal
kw
ellw
ays,
orpi
ts(s
eeal
so8.
6.1.
6.1)
.
NO
TE[8
.6.1
.6.3
(cd)
]:Se
e“E
leva
torI
ndus
tryFi
eld
Empl
oyee
s’Sa
fety
Han
dboo
k”fo
r jum
perc
ontro
lpr
oced
ures
.
ed)C
ontro
land
oper
atin
gci
rcui
tsan
dde
vice
ssh
allb
em
aint
aine
din
com
plia
nce
with
app
licab
leC
ode
requ
irem
ents
(see
8.6.
1.1.
2).
(ef)
Subs
titut
ion
ofan
yw
ireor
curre
nt-c
arry
ing
devi
cefo
rthe
corre
ctfu
seor
circ
uit b
reak
erin
anel
evat
orci
rcui
tsha
llno
tbe
perm
itted
.
Rat
iona
le:(
8.6.
1.6.
3).M
oved
wiri
ngdi
agra
ms
(8.6
.1.6
.3(a
))fro
mth
isse
ctio
nto
8.6.
1.2.
2(a)
and
renu
mbe
red
toco
nsol
idat
edo
cum
enta
tion
that
mus
tbe
perm
anen
tlyke
pton
-site
.
8.6.
3.4.
6A
new
rope
data
tag
conf
orm
ing
to2.
18.5
.3sh
allb
ein
stal
led
atea
chro
pe re
plac
emen
t,an
dth
eda
teof
the
rope
repl
acem
ents
hall
bere
cord
edin
the
mai
nten
ance
reco
rds
(8.6
.1.4
.1(b
)(2))
.
Rat
iona
le:U
pdat
eR
efer
ence
s.
8.6.
4.3.
2W
here
ada
tapl
ate
isno
tpro
vide
d,th
elu
bric
atio
nof
guid
era
ilssh
allc
onfo
rmto
the
follo
win
g:(a
)Gui
dera
ils,e
xcep
ttho
seof
elev
ator
seq
uipp
edw
ithro
llero
roth
erty
pes
ofgu
idin
g m
embe
rsno
treq
uirin
glu
bric
atio
n,sh
allb
eke
ptlu
bric
ated
.(b
)Whe
resl
idin
g-ty
pesa
fetie
sar
eus
ed,t
hegu
ider
aill
ubric
ants
,orp
relu
bric
ated
or im
preg
nate
dgu
ide
shoe
gibs
,whe
reus
ed,s
hall
beof
aty
pere
com
men
ded
byth
e m
anuf
actu
rer
ofth
esa
fety
(see
8.6.
1.6.
2.3
and
2.17
.16)
.
Form
atte
d:St
riket
hrou
gh
Del
eted
:¶
ATTACHMENT E Page 9 of 13
TN
08-
1348
A17
Mai
nten
ance
Rep
air
and
Rep
lace
men
t
8.6.
4.19
.12
Trac
tion
Loss
Det
ectio
n M
eans
. Whe
re p
rovi
ded,
con
form
ance
with
the
tract
ion
loss
det
ectio
n m
eans
spe
cifie
d in
2.2
0.8.
1 sh
all b
ede
mon
stra
ted
by:
(a) c
ausi
ng re
lativ
e m
otio
n be
twee
n th
e dr
ive
shea
ve a
nd th
e su
spen
sion
mea
ns e
ither
by
botto
min
g th
e ca
r or c
ount
erw
eigh
t [Se
e8.
6.4.
20.1
0(b)
], or
(b) a
n al
tern
ativ
e te
st p
rovi
ded
in th
e M
aint
enan
ce C
ontro
l Pro
gram
[See
8.6
.1.2
.1(f)
(g)].
8.6.
11.9
Exa
min
atio
n Af
ter S
hutd
own
Due
to T
ract
ion
Loss
.Whe
re th
e tra
ctio
n lo
ss d
etec
tion
mea
ns h
as b
een
actu
ated
[See
2.2
0.8.
1 an
d8.
6.1.
2.1(
f)(g)
the
elev
ator
sha
ll no
t be
retu
rned
to s
ervi
ce u
ntil
a ph
ysic
al e
xam
inat
ion
of th
e dr
ive
shea
ve a
nd s
uspe
nsio
n m
eans
has
bee
nco
nduc
ted.
The
ele
vato
r sha
ll no
t be
mov
ed u
ntil
all p
asse
nger
s ar
e ou
t of t
he e
leva
tor a
nd th
e el
evat
or is
pos
ted
out-o
f-ser
vice
.In
add
ition
to th
e su
spen
sion
mea
ns e
valu
atio
n cr
iteria
in 8
.11.
2.1.
3(cc
), an
y su
spen
sion
mea
ns o
r driv
e sh
eave
con
ditio
n, w
hich
wou
ld a
dver
sely
affe
ct th
e tra
ctio
n ca
pabi
lity
of th
e sy
stem
(See
2.2
4.2.
3) s
hall
be c
orre
cted
bef
ore
retu
rnin
g th
e el
evat
or to
ser
vice
Rat
iona
le:U
pdat
eR
efer
ence
s.
8.10
.1.4
Uni
que
orPr
oduc
t-Spe
cific
Mai
nten
ance
proc
edur
esor
Met
hods
.Whe
reun
ique
orpr
oduc
t- sp
ecifi
cm
aint
enan
ce p
roce
dure
sor
met
hods
are
requ
ired
toin
spec
tort
este
quip
men
t,su
chm
aint
enan
ce p
roce
dure
sor
met
hods
shal
lbe
prov
ided
byth
em
anuf
actu
rero
rins
talle
r.(S
ee8.
6.1.
2.2
(b))
8.10
.1.5
. The
Mai
nten
ance
Con
trolP
rogr
amco
mpl
ying
with
8.6
.1.2
.1 s
hall
be a
vaila
ble
at th
e tim
e of
insp
ectio
n.O
n-si
te e
quip
men
t doc
umen
tatio
nco
mpl
ying
with
8.6
.1.2
.2 s
hall
be a
vaila
ble
at th
e tim
e of
insp
ectio
n.
8.10
.2.2
.2(c
c)(3
)tra
ctio
n lim
its (2
.20.
8.1,
2.2
4.2.
3 an
d 2.
16.6
) sha
ll be
ver
ified
(a)D
urin
g an
em
erge
ncy
stop
initi
ated
by
any
of th
e el
ectri
cal p
rote
ctiv
e de
vice
s lis
ted
in 2
.26.
2 (e
xcep
t 2.2
6.2.
13),
at th
e ra
ted
spee
d in
the
dow
n di
rect
ion,
with
pas
seng
er e
leva
tors
and
frei
ght e
leva
tors
per
mitt
ed to
car
ry p
asse
nger
s ca
rryi
ng 1
25%
of t
heir
rate
d lo
ad, o
r with
freig
ht e
leva
tors
car
ryin
g th
eir r
ated
load
, car
s sh
all s
afel
y st
opan
d ho
ld th
ere
shal
l be
suffi
cien
t tra
ctio
n to
saf
ely
stop
and
hol
d th
e lo
ad.
(b)T
ract
ion
shal
l slip
, or t
he h
oist
driv
ing
mac
hine
sha
ll st
all,
if ei
ther
the
car o
r the
cou
nter
wei
ght b
otto
ms
on it
s bu
ffer.
(c) C
onfo
rman
ce w
ith th
e tra
ctio
n lo
ss d
etec
tion
mea
ns s
peci
fied
in 2
.20.
8.1
shal
l be
dem
onst
rate
d by
:(1
) cau
sing
rela
tive
mot
ion
betw
een
the
driv
e sh
eave
and
sus
pens
ion
mea
ns e
ither
by
botto
min
g th
e ca
r or c
ount
erw
eigh
t [Se
e 8.
10.2
.2.2
(cc)
(3)(
b)],
or(2
) an
alte
rnat
ive
test
pro
vide
d in
the
Mai
nten
ance
Con
trol P
rogr
am [S
ee8.
6.1.
2.1(
f)(g)
]or
by
the
inst
alle
r and
acc
epta
ble
to th
e A
HJ.
8.11
.1.8
.The
Mai
nten
ance
Con
trolP
rogr
amco
mpl
ying
with
8.6
.1.2
.1 s
hall
be a
vaila
ble.
On-
site
equ
ipm
ent d
ocum
enta
tion
com
plyi
ng w
ith 8
.6.1
.2.2
and
mai
nten
ance
reco
rds
com
plyi
ng w
ith 8
.6.1
.4 s
hall
be a
vaila
ble.
Rat
iona
le:
Upd
ated
refe
renc
es a
ndto
addr
ess
requ
ired
docu
men
tatio
nan
dre
cord
sdu
ring
acce
ptan
cean
dpe
riodi
cin
spec
tions
fora
lleq
uipm
ent
cove
red
with
inth
esc
ope
ofth
isco
de.A
ddto
8.10
and
8.11
are
fere
nce
to8.
6.1.
2.1
Form
atte
d:St
riket
hrou
gh
ATTACHMENT E Page 10 of 13
TN
08-
1348
A17
Mai
nten
ance
Rep
air
and
Rep
lace
men
t
8.10
.2.2
.2(n
n)W
iring
Dia
gram
s(8
.6.1
.26.
23(a
))8.
10.3
.2.2
(gg)
Wiri
ngD
iagr
ams
(8.6
.1.2
6.23
(a))
8.11
.2.1
.2(ll
)Wiri
ngD
iagr
ams
(8.6
.1.2
6.23
(a))
8.11
.3.1
.2(c
c)W
iring
Dia
gram
s(8
.6.1
.26.
23(a
))
8.11
.1.7
Uni
que
orPr
oduc
t-Spe
cific
Mai
nten
ance
pro
cedu
res
orM
etho
ds.W
here
uniq
ueor
prod
uct-s
peci
ficm
aint
enan
ce p
roce
dure
sor
met
hods
are
requ
ired
toin
spec
tort
este
quip
men
t,su
ch m
aint
enan
ce p
roce
dure
sor
met
hods
shal
lbe
prov
ided
byth
em
anuf
actu
rero
rins
talle
r[se
e8.
6.1.
2.2(
b)1(
e)].
Rat
iona
l:R
evis
edre
fere
nce
num
bers
.
ATTACHMENT E Page 11 of 13
TN 08-1348A17 Maintenance Repair and Replacement
Proposed new non-mandatory Appendix XXX (see the diagram)
On-sitemaintenancerecords(8.6.1.4.1)
MCP Records8.6.1.4.1(a) (Logviewable on-site)
MCP Records (8.6.1.4.1(b))covers repairs (8.6.2) andreplacements (8.6.3) nomatter what the reason –scheduled or unscheduledvisit (log viewable on site)
MCP Records (8.6.1.4.1(c))coversOil usage (Written Logkept on-site)Firefighter service (Writtenlog kept on-site)Periodic tests (test tags)Replacement criteriacompliance records(Written log kept on-site)
ATTACHMENT E Page 12 of 13
TN 08-1348A17 Maintenance Repair and Replacement
A17.6-2010 Modifications
1.10.1.1 Replacement requirements for steel wire suspension ropes for traction elevators shall beas follows (see Nonmandatory Appendix A):
(a) The steel wire rope(s) shall be replaced if the rope is permanently kinked, bent, ordeformed in any way (see 1.10.5).(b) For rope diameters equal to or greater than 8 mm (0.315 in.), the ropes shall bereplaced in accordance with 1.10.1.2(a) through 1.10.1.2(g) and 1.10.3.(c) For rope diameters less than 8 mm (0.315 in.), the ropes shall be replaced inaccordance with 1.10.1.2(a) through (g), 1.10.1.2.1 and 1.10.1.2.2, and 1.10.3. Inaddition, other replacement criteria based on the application shall be permitted to beapplied. The replacement criteria shall be documented in the Maintenance Controlprogram Other Records as required by ASME A17.1/CSA B44, (see ASME A17.1/CSAB44, requirement 8.6.1.4.1 8.6.1.4.1(c)(4))
Rationale: Moved requirement from MCP to new category of permanent on-siteequipment documentation since this is related to OEM requirements for the material.
A17.7 - 2007
2.10.2The CCD shall include the following:
(h) procedures for tests, periodic inspections, maintenance, replacements, adjustments, andrepairs to be incorporated into and made a part of the MCP and On-site Equipmentdocumentation as required by ASME A17.1/CSA B44, (see requirements 8.6.1.2.1 and 8.6.1.2.2).
2.12.2Alterations, maintenance, repair, and replacement shall comply with the CCD (2.10) andapplicable requirements of ASME A17.1/CSA B44, Sections 8.6 and 8.7. The list of applicableASME A17.1/CSA B44 requirements that have been addressed by compliance with ASMEA17.7/CSA B44.7 shall be incorporated into and made a part of the MCP and On-site Equipmentdocumentation as required by ASME A17.1/CSA B44, (see requirements 8.6.1.2.1 and 8.6.1.2.2).
2.12.3Acceptance and periodic inspections and tests shall comply with the CCD (2.10) and applicablerequirements of ASME A17.1/CSA B44, Sections 8.10 and 8.11. Procedure for tests, periodicinspections, maintenance, replacements, adjustments, and repairs shall be incorporated into andmade a part of the MCP and On-site Equipment documentation as required by ASME A17.1/CSAB44, (see requirements 8.6.1.2.1 and 8.6.1.2.2).
I-6 Marking of Sub-Systems and ComponentsNOTE (I-6): Sub-systems and components that require inspection and testing should have informationaldata provided in the MCP and On-site Equipment documentation as required by ASME A17.1/CSAB44, (see requirements 8.6.1.2.1 and 8.6.1.2.2), such as application forces, speeds, strengths,voltages, currents, etc
Rationale: Added references to Other Records and On-Site Equipment Documentation torequirements as required by those new code sections.
Formatted: Strikethrough
ATTACHMENT E Page 13 of 13
Pag
e1
of7
c:\d
ocum
e~1\
robi
bevi
\loca
ls~1
\tem
p\no
tese
a312
d\el
ectr
icch
eckl
ist.d
oc
This
is o
nly
inte
nded
to b
e on
e ex
ampl
e of
sch
edul
ing
and
reco
rdin
gm
inim
um c
ode
requ
ired
task
s an
d te
sts.
The
mai
nten
ance
pro
vide
r sha
ll ad
d ta
sks
and
test
s as
requ
ired
for u
niqu
e m
aint
enan
ce p
roce
dure
s or
met
hods
and
any
oth
er ta
sks
need
ed fo
r the
equi
pmen
t.N
on M
anda
tory
App
endi
x**
*
Com
pany
Log
o an
d ot
her c
ompa
ny in
form
atio
nPr
even
tativ
eM
aint
enan
ce L
og fo
rEle
ctric
Elev
ator
sB
uild
ings
Nam
e:El
evat
or T
ype:
Con
veya
nce
ID:
Bui
ldin
g A
ddre
ss:
Con
trac
tors
Nam
e an
d lic
ense
num
ber:
YR
20
____
Rou
tine
Mai
nten
ance
Req
uire
men
ts.
Plac
e an
* in
the
bloc
ksc
hedu
led
January
February
March
April
May
June
July
August
September
October
November
December
A s
ymbo
l suc
h as
a (
*) s
hall
be in
eac
h ce
ll to
ind
icat
es m
onth
task
is d
ue. I
nitia
lsan
d da
tein
dica
tes
spec
ified
task
is c
ompl
eted
(oth
er d
esig
ns m
ay b
e ac
cept
able
, as
long
as
you
indi
cate
mon
th ta
sk is
due
and
that
task
was
per
form
ed b
y a
qual
ified
per
son.
CA
R
EXA
MP
LE O
F Q
UA
RTE
LY*
**
*8.
6.4.
13 (b
) car
doo
r ele
ctric
cont
acts
or c
ar d
oor i
nter
lock
s,w
here
requ
ired
ATTACHMENT F Page 1 of 7
Pag
e2
of7
c:\d
ocum
e~1\
robi
bevi
\loca
ls~1
\tem
p\no
tese
a312
d\el
ectr
icch
eckl
ist.d
oc
8.6.
4.13
(c) d
oor r
eope
ning
devi
ces
8.6.
4.13
.2 K
inet
ic E
nerg
y an
dC
losi
ng F
orce
8.6.
4.15
Car
Em
erge
ncy
Sys
tem
8.6.
4.16
Sto
ppin
g Ac
cura
cy
8.6.
11.2
Tw
o-W
ayC
omm
unic
atio
n M
eans
CA
R T
OP
8.6.
4.9
Cle
anin
g of
Top
of C
ars.
8.6.
4.1S
uspe
nsio
n an
dC
ompe
nsat
ing
Mea
ns
8.6.
4.2
Gov
erno
r Wire
Rop
es
8.6.
4.3
Lubr
icat
ion
of G
uide
Rai
ls
8.6.
4.7
Cle
anin
g of
Hoi
stw
ays
8.6.
4.13
(a) h
oist
way
doo
rin
terlo
cks
or m
echa
nica
l loc
ksan
d el
ectri
c co
ntac
ts
ATTACHMENT F Page 2 of 7
Pag
e3
of7
c:\d
ocum
e~1\
robi
bevi
\loca
ls~1
\tem
p\no
tese
a312
d\el
ectr
icch
eckl
ist.d
oc
8.6.
4.13
(b) c
ar d
oor e
lect
ricco
ntac
ts o
r int
erlo
cks
whe
rere
quire
d.
8.6.
4.13
(e) h
oist
way
doo
run
lock
ing
devi
ces
and
escu
tche
ons
8.6.
4.13
(f) h
ange
rs, t
rack
s, d
oor
rolle
rs, u
p-th
rust
s, a
nd d
oor
safe
ty re
tain
ers,
whe
re re
quire
d8.
6.4.
13(h
) Sills
and
bot
tom
guid
es, f
aste
ning
s, c
ondi
tion
and
enga
gem
ent
8.6.
4.13
(j) i
nter
conn
ectin
gm
eans
8.6.
4.13
(k) d
oor c
lose
rs, w
here
requ
ired
8.6.
4.13
(l) d
oor r
estri
ctor
s,w
here
requ
ired
8.6.
4.10
Ref
aste
ning
of c
ar h
oist
rope
s on
win
ding
- dru
mm
achi
nes
MAC
HIN
E R
OO
M/S
PAC
E8.
6.4.
6 Br
akes
incl
udin
gem
erge
ncy
brak
e
8.6.
4.8
clea
ning
and
con
ditio
n of
Mac
hine
/con
trol R
oom
s
8.6.
4.12
Gov
erno
rs
8.6.
4.17
Asc
endi
ng O
vers
peed
and
Uni
nten
ded
Mov
emen
t
ATTACHMENT F Page 3 of 7
Pag
e4
of7
c:\d
ocum
e~1\
robi
bevi
\loca
ls~1
\tem
p\no
tese
a312
d\el
ectr
icch
eckl
ist.d
oc
Driv
ing
mac
hine
cle
aned
and
oil
chec
ked
and
chan
ged
ever
yth
ree
year
s.
Mot
or a
nd g
ener
ator
bru
shes
and
com
mut
ator
s
Driv
e an
d de
flect
ion
shea
vecl
eani
ng a
nd ro
pe tr
acki
ng
8.6.
1.6.
3 C
ontro
ller,
wiri
ngco
ntro
ls a
nd s
elec
tor
fuse
s,co
ntac
t rep
lace
men
t, lu
bric
atio
nan
d ad
just
men
ts8.
6.1.
6.5
Verif
y fir
e ex
tingu
ishe
rha
s be
en c
heck
ed a
nd n
otify
resp
onsi
ble
party
in w
ork
isne
eded
.C
ondu
ct m
aint
enan
ce o
n S
ILR
ated
dev
ices
as
spec
ified
in(p
ut re
fere
nce
to M
FG/in
stal
lers
inst
ruct
ions
) See
8.6
.1.2
.1(e
)
OU
TSID
E H
OIS
TWA
Y
8.6.
4.13
(d) v
isio
n pa
nels
and
grille
s, w
here
requ
ired
8.6.
4.13
(g) a
stra
gals
and
resi
lient
mem
bers
, doo
r spa
cegu
ards
, and
sig
ht g
uard
s, w
here
requ
ired
ATTACHMENT F Page 4 of 7
Pag
e5
of7
c:\d
ocum
e~1\
robi
bevi
\loca
ls~1
\tem
p\no
tese
a312
d\el
ectr
icch
eckl
ist.d
oc
8.6.
4.13
(i) c
lutc
hes,
eng
agin
gva
nes,
retir
ing
cam
s, a
nden
gagi
ng ro
llers
8.6.
4.14
Hoi
stw
ay A
cces
sS
witc
hes
PIT
8.6.
4.4
Oil
Buffe
rs
8.6.
4.7
Cle
anin
g of
Pits
8.6.
4.10
Ref
aste
ning
or
Res
ocke
ting
of D
rum
Mac
hine
s
8.6.
4.11
Run
by
8.6.
4.13
(h) s
ills a
nd b
otto
mgu
ides
, fas
teni
ngs,
con
ditio
n,an
d en
gage
men
t
8.6.
4.5
Safe
ty M
echa
nism
s
8.6.
4.18
Com
pens
atio
n Sh
eave
san
d S
witc
hes
Oth
er.
Uni
que
or m
anuf
actu
resp
ecif
ic m
aint
enan
ce r
equi
rem
ents
(ad
d lin
es a
s re
quir
ed)
Ser
vice
rope
lubr
icat
ors
byad
ding
1/2
pin
t (23
5 cc
) of r
ope
oil e
very
6 m
onth
s A
nnua
lly C
alib
rate
load
sen
sing
devi
ce (
see
mfg
. ins
truct
ions
)R
epla
ce fi
lters
and
cle
an c
oolin
gfa
n in
con
trolle
r cab
inet
ATTACHMENT F Page 5 of 7
Pag
e6
of7
c:\d
ocum
e~1\
robi
bevi
\loca
ls~1
\tem
p\no
tese
a312
d\el
ectr
icch
eckl
ist.d
oc
8.6.
4.19
Con
duct
Cat
egor
y 1
test
s8.
6.5.
20 C
ondu
ct C
ateg
ory
5te
sts
Oth
er:
Not
ify re
spon
sibl
e pa
rty o
f any
defic
ienc
ies
that
are
not
you
rre
spon
sibi
lity
Oth
er
Doc
umen
t ver
ifica
tion
Ver
ifica
tion
that
ons
ite d
ocum
enta
tion
and
keys
are
ava
ilabl
e
8.6.
11.2
Acc
ess
Keys
8.6.
11.3
Cle
anin
g of
a C
ar a
ndH
oist
way
Tra
nspa
rent
Enc
losu
re8.
6.11
.4 E
mer
genc
y Ev
acua
tion
Proc
edur
es fo
r Ele
vato
rs8.
6.11
.6 O
pera
ting
Inst
ruct
ions
for c
arto
p w
ork
plat
form
8.6.
11.7
Egr
ess
and
Ree
ntry
Proc
edur
e Fr
om W
orki
ng A
reas
8.6.
11.8
Ope
ratin
g In
stru
ctio
nsfo
r Ret
ract
able
Pla
tform
s
Nam
e of
per
son
or fi
rm o
rco
mpa
ny w
ho c
ompl
eted
task
s. If
a s
igna
ture
isPr
int N
ame
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
_Si
gnat
ure
____
____
____
____
____
____
___
Initi
als
____
____
____
____
____
___
ATTACHMENT F Page 6 of 7
Pag
e7
of7
c:\d
ocum
e~1\
robi
bevi
\loca
ls~1
\tem
p\no
tese
a312
d\el
ectr
icch
eckl
ist.d
oc
Prin
t Nam
e__
____
____
____
____
____
____
___
Sign
atur
e__
____
____
____
____
____
____
_In
itial
s__
____
____
____
____
____
_P
rint N
ame
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
_Si
gnat
ure
____
____
____
____
____
____
___
Initi
als
____
____
____
____
____
___
requ
ired
by A
HJ,
sup
ply
spac
e fo
r prin
ted
nam
e,si
gnat
ure
and
initi
als
for
each
mec
hani
c w
hoco
mpl
eted
any
task
or te
stab
ove.
Prin
t Nam
e__
____
____
____
____
____
____
___
Sign
atur
e__
____
____
____
____
____
____
_In
itial
s__
____
____
____
____
____
_
ATTACHMENT F Page 7 of 7
Association Française de Normalisation 11, rue Francis de Préssensé F – 93 571 La Plaine Saint Denis cedex http://www.afnor.fr SIRET 775 724 818 00205
« Lifts, escalators and moving walks » ISO/TC 178 Date: 2011-06-27
Doc. Number: N 750
Assistant: Celia Herold Direct line: + 33 (0)1 41 62 81 45 [email protected]
Your contact: Gaël Chollet-Meirieu Direct line : + 33 (0)1 41 62 84 13 [email protected]
ISO response to disaster in Japan
Message of the ISO Secretary General, M. Rob Steele
COMMENTARIES/
DECISIONS
Dear experts of ISO TC 178, Please find hereafter the message that ISO Secretary General, Rob Steele has addressed to selected ISO TC secretaries. The convenors of the different working groups are asked to transmit this message to their members. WG4, WG5 and WG6 are concerned in priority. You are kindly asked to send your reply to ISO TC 178 secretariat [email protected] before August 5th, 2011.
FOLLOW UP For reply to ISO TC 178 secretariat before August 5th, 2011
SOURCE ISO
ATTACHMENT G Page 1 of 2
Association Française de Normalisation 11, rue Francis de Préssensé F – 93 571 La Plaine Saint Denis cedex http://www.afnor.fr SIRET 775 724 818 00205
ISO response to disaster in Japan Selected TC Chairs and Secretaries, Recent events in Japan and elsewhere in the World have highlighted the need for sound, relevant standards in the area of disaster planning, management and recovery. The ISO Vice-President, Mr. Sadao Takeda, (JSA) has suggested that ISO reviews its portfolio of relevant standards with a view to better coordinating and addressing the lessons learned in planning for, immediate response to and longer-term recovery from such significant disasters. Consequently, we are contacting all committees with work related to the areas of security, construction, transportation, logistics, physical distribution and nuclear energy to ask if you have plans, now or in the future, to review your portfolios in light of the events in Japan and elsewhere. We would be particularly interested in resulting efforts to revise existing standards or develop new standards. We would value any feedback you can provide on this issue by August 17, 2011. Secretaries are kindly requested to also forward this request to your respective subcommittees for input and feedback. The feedback will be compiled and made available to all committees contacted. Thank you in advance, Best regards, Rob Steele and Sadao Takeda ISO Secretary-General ISO Vice-President (Policy)
ATTACHMENT G Page 2 of 2
FORM 5 (ISO) v.2007.1 Page 1 of 2
VOTE ON NEW WORK ITEM PROPOSAL
Date of circulation 2011-06-29
Reference number ISO/TC 178 / SC N
Closing date for voting 2011-09-27
Member body voting
ISO/TC 178 / SC
Title
Lifts, escalators and moving walks
Circulated to P-members of the committee for vote and to O-members for information. P-members of the technical committee or subcommittee concerned have an obligation to vote.
Secretariat AFNOR
Please send this form, duly completed at all points, to the Secretariat indicated above (not to ISO Central Secretariat). MS Word is advised. NOTE 1 All P members of the committee must vote and complete all questions on this form or their votes may be invalidated and not counted in the decision on this proposal.
Title of proposal English title Fire resistance tests - Lift landing door assemblies
French title (optional)
Essais de résistance au feu - Eléments de construction
1 We agree that a globally relevant International Standard on this subject is feasible and therefore agree to the addition of the proposed new work item to the program of work of the committee:
Yes (If “Yes”, please check one of the following):
a. We agree to the addition of the proposed work item as a preliminary project (stage 0).
b. We agree to advance this item for further development of a working draft within a working group (stage 20).
c. We accept the attached draft document as a working draft for further development within a working group (stage 20).
d. We agree to the circulation of the attached draft document as a Committee Draft (CD)
e. We agree to the circulation of the attached draft document as a Draft International Standard (DIS)
NOTE 2 The latter three options above are applicable only in those cases where an additional vote for adoption of a draft is indicated by the committee secretariat on the ISO Form 4 under the section "Voting information”. Please now complete sections 2, 3 and 4 below and submit vote.
No. Please submit technical reasons under section 3 below and submit vote.
Abstention/Have no interest
ATTACHMENT H Page 1 of 2
Vote on new work item proposal
FORM 5 (ISO) v.2005.1 Page 2 of 2
2 Relevant documents Standard(s), regulation(s), and other relevant documentation existing in our country, with any remarks concerning their application if necessary and consequences for global relevance, as well as copyright information on these documents, are attached:
Yes
No
If "Yes", please give references here, or as a separate annex: 3 Comments Please submit any additional comments that you wish to make, either immediately below or indicate immediately below that you have attached an annex providing additional comments. 4 Participation We are committed to participate actively in the development of the project, at least by commenting on working drafts:
Yes
No
NOTE 3 All P-members voting "Yes" above must nominate an expert or this vote will not be counted. NOTE 4 P-members voting "No" above may nevertheless nominate experts.
Name(s) and contact information of nominated expert(s)
An annex is attached to this form
Member body voting
Date
Name
ATTACHMENT H Page 2 of 2
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
Document type: International Standard Document subtype: Document stage: (30) Committee Document language: E C:\Users\Bob\Documents\Data\Word\ISO\WG 9\3008-2\ISO_3008-2_(E),June 2011, CD draft, N022.doc STD Version 2.1c2
ISO TC 92/SC 2 N 022 Date: 2011-06-24
ISO/CD 3008-2
ISO TC 92/SC 2/WG
Secretariat: ANSI
Fire-resistance tests — Lift landing door assemblies
Essais de résistance au feu – Éléments de construction – Partie 2:French (Lift landing door assemblies)
ATTACHMENT I Page 1 of 32
ISO/CD 3008-2
ii © ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
Copyright notice
This ISO document is a working draft or committee draft and is copyright-protected by ISO. While the reproduction of working drafts or committee drafts in any form for use by participants in the ISO standards development process is permitted without prior permission from ISO, neither this document nor any extract from it may be reproduced, stored or transmitted in any form for any other purpose without prior written permission from ISO.
Requests for permission to reproduce this document for the purpose of selling it should be addressed as shown below or to ISO's member body in the country of the requester:
[Indicate the full address, telephone number, fax number, telex number, and electronic mail address, as appropriate, of the Copyright Manger of the ISO member body responsible for the secretariat of the TC or SC within the framework of which the working document has been prepared.]
Reproduction for sales purposes may be subject to royalty payments or a licensing agreement.
Violators may be prosecuted.
ATTACHMENT I Page 2 of 32
ISO/CD 3008-2
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved iii
Contents Page
Foreword ............................................................................................................................................................ iv
Introduction ......................................................................................................................................................... v
1 Scope ...................................................................................................................................................... 1
2 Normative references ............................................................................................................................ 1
3 Terms and definitions ........................................................................................................................... 1
4 Test equipment ...................................................................................................................................... 3
5 Test conditions ...................................................................................................................................... 3
6 Test specimen ........................................................................................................................................ 3
7 Conditioning .......................................................................................................................................... 5
8 Clearances ............................................................................................................................................. 5
9 Functionality test ................................................................................................................................... 5
10 Application of instrumentation ............................................................................................................ 5
11 Test procedure ....................................................................................................................................... 8
12 Performance criteria ............................................................................................................................ 13
13 Termination of test .............................................................................................................................. 13
14 Test report ............................................................................................................................................ 14
15 Field of direct application of test results .......................................................................................... 14
Annex A (normative) Description of the canopy and measuring system ................................................... 15
Annex B (normative) Standard supporting construction ............................................................................. 19
Annex C (normative) Verification procedure for leakage rate measurement ............................................. 20
Annex D (normative) Calculation of leakage rate .......................................................................................... 21
Annex E (informative) Extrapolation rule for the leakage rate for higher lift landing door assemblies ........................................................................................................................................... 24
Annex F (informative) Interpreting the leakage rate curve ........................................................................... 25
Annex G (informative) Marking information ................................................................................................... 26
ATTACHMENT I Page 3 of 32
ISO/CD 3008-2
iv © ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
Foreword
ISO (the International Organization for Standardization) is a worldwide federation of national standards bodies (ISO member bodies). The work of preparing International Standards is normally carried out through ISO technical committees. Each member body interested in a subject for which a technical committee has been established has the right to be represented on that committee. International organizations, governmental and non-governmental, in liaison with ISO, also take part in the work. ISO collaborates closely with the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) on all matters of electrotechnical standardization.
International Standards are drafted in accordance with the rules given in the ISO/IEC Directives, Part 2.
The main task of technical committees is to prepare International Standards. Draft International Standards adopted by the technical committees are circulated to the member bodies for voting. Publication as an International Standard requires approval by at least 75 % of the member bodies casting a vote.
Attention is drawn to the possibility that some of the elements of this document may be the subject of patent rights. ISO shall not be held responsible for identifying any or all such patent rights.
ISO 3008-2 was prepared by Technical Committee ISO/TC 92, Fire Safety, Subcommittee SC 2, Fire Containment.
This second/third/... edition cancels and replaces the first/second/... edition (), [clause(s) / subclause(s) / table(s) / figure(s) / annex(es)] of which [has / have] been technically revised.
ISO 3008 consists of the following parts, under the general title Fire-resistance tests — Lift landing door assemblies:
Part 1: Door and shutter assemblies
The following part is under preparation:
Part 2: Lift landing door assemblies
ATTACHMENT I Page 4 of 32
ISO/CD 3008-2
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved v
Introduction
The need for certain lift landing door assemblies to act as a fire barrier against the transfer of a fire via the lift well has been identified. This standard specifies a procedure for this purpose. The standard follows the general principles of ISO 834-1, Fire – resistance tests – Elements of building construction – Part 1: General requirements, where appropriate the principles of ISO 3008-1, Fire – resistance tests – Door and shutter assemblies.
Lift landing doors are not included in the scope of ISO 3008-1.
ATTACHMENT I Page 5 of 32
ATTACHMENT I Page 6 of 32
COMMITTEE DRAFT ISO/CD 3008-2
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved 1
Fire-resistance tests — Lift landing door assemblies
CAUTION – The attention of all persons concerned with managinig and carrying out this fire-resistance test is drawn to the fact that fire testing may be hazardous and that there is a possibility that toxic and/or harmful smoke and gases may be evolved during the test. Mechanical and operatiponal hazards may also arise during the construction of test elements or structures, their testing and disposal of test residues.
An assessment of all potential hazards and risks to health shall be made by the laboratory and safety precautioins shall be identified and provided. Written safety instructions shall be issued. Appropriate training shall be given to revelant personnel. Laboratory personnel shall ensure that they follow written safety instructions at all times.
1 Scope
This part of ISO 3008 specifies the method of test for determining the fire resistance of lift landing door assemlbies which may be exposed to a fire from the landing side. The procedure applies to all types of lift landing door assemblies used as a means of access to lifts in bulidings and which are intended to provide a fire barrier to the spread of fire via the lift well.
The procedure allows for the measurement of integrity and, if required, the measurement of radiation and thermal insulation.
No requirements other than the verification that the specimen is operational are included for the mechanical conditioning before the test.
2 Normative references
The following referenced documents are indispensable for the application of this document. For dated references, only the edition cited applies. For undated references, the latest edition of the referenced document (including any amendments) applies.
ISO 834-1, Fire-resistance tests – Elements of building construction – Part 1: General requirements
ISO 3008-1, Fire-resistance test – Part 1 - Door and shutter assemblies
IS0 5167-1, Measurement of fluid flow by means of pressure differential devices inserted in circular cross-section conduits running full – Part 1: General principles and requirements IS0 5221, Air distribution and air diffusion - Rules to methods of measuring airflow rate in an air handling duct. ISO 9705, Fire tests – Full-scale room test for surface products
ISO 13943, Fire safety – Vocabulary
3 Terms and definitions
For the purposes of this document, the following terms and definitions given in ISO 834-1, ISO 3008-1, ISO 13943 and the following apply.
ATTACHMENT I Page 7 of 32
ISO/CD 3008-2
2 © ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
3.1
associated supporting construction
specific construction in which the door assembly is installed as intended for use in practice and which is used to close off the furnace and provide the levels of restraint and thermal heat transfer to be experienced in normal use
3.2
lift-landing door
door designed to be installed in the lift well opening on a landing to provide access to the lift
3.3
door opening
width of the clear opening allowing free passage through the open lift landing door
3.4
door assembly
complete assembly, including any frame or guide, door leaf or leaves, which is provided for access to and from the lift and the landing and includes all panels, hardware, sealing materials and any operating components
3.5
standard supporting construction
form of construction used to close off the furnace and to support the door assembly being evaluated and which has a quantifiable influence on both the thermal heat transfer between the construction and the test specimen and provides known resistance to thermal distortion
3.6
leakage rate
total flow of hot gases passing through openings and gaps of the door assembly, due to overpressure on the landing side
ATTACHMENT I Page 8 of 32
ISO/CD 3008-2
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved 3
4 Test equipment
4.1 The test equipment and vertical panel furnace referred to in this standard shall be as specified in ISO 834-1.
4.2 The canopy shall be as specified in Annex A.
4.3 The equipment for measuring the leakage rate shall be as specified in Annex A.
4.4 The equipment for measuring heat flux shall be as specified in ISO 3008-1.
5 Test conditions
5.1 The furnace shall be controlled to follow the heating conditions of the standard test as defined in ISO 834-1.
5.2 The furnace shall be controled to maintain a positive pressure on the exposed side over the entire height of the specimen such that the pressure at the sill level is in the range of 2 ± 2 Pa.
6 Test specimen
6.1 Size of specimen
The specimen shall be full size or the maximum size that can be accommodated in the furnace. The typical size of the front opening of the furnace is 3 m 3 m. In order to expose a required minimum width of 200 mm of supporting construction for a typical 3 m 3 m furnace, the opening in the supporting construction is restricted to 2,6 m 2,8 m (width x height). 6.2 Number of specimens
One specimen is required for the test. 6.3 Supporting construction
6.3.1 The standard supporting construction shall be as described in Annex B.
6.3.2 The associated supporting construction shall be representative of the construction into which the test specimen is intended to be installed.
6.4 Installation of specimen
6.4.1 The specimen shall be mounted in a supporting construction having adequate fire resistance. The supporting construction shall be built first within the test frame leaving an aperture of the specified size. The width of the supporting construction on the two vertical sides and the top shall be not less than 200 mm.
ATTACHMENT I Page 9 of 32
ISO/CD 3008-2
4 © ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
Dimensions in millimeters
Key
1) Test specimen
2) Supporting construction
Figure 1 — Specimen with supporting construction
6.4.2 The design of the connection between the door and the supporting construction, including any materials used to make the junction, shall be as used in practice with the type of the supporting construction.
6.4.3 The clearances shall correspond to the maximum that is permissible when the lift landing doors are put into service.
ATTACHMENT I Page 10 of 32
ISO/CD 3008-2
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved 5
6.5 Verification
6.5.1 The sponsor shall provide a specification to a level of detail sufficient to allow the laboratory to conduct a detailed examination of the specimen before the test and to agree on the accuracy of the information supplied. ISO 834-1 provides detailed guidance on verification of the test specimen.
6.5.2 When the method of construction precludes a detailed survey of the specimen without having to permanently damage it, or if it is considered that it will subsequently be impossible to evaluate construction details from a post-test examination, then one of two options shall be exercised by the laboratory in agreement with the sponsor:
6.5.2.1 either the laboratory shall oversee the manufacture of the lift landing door assembly subjected to the test,
6.5.2.2 or the sponsor shall, at the discretion of the laboratory, be requested to supply an additional assembly or that part of the assembly that cannot be verified in addition to the assembly required for the testing. The laboratory shall then choose freely which of these shall be subjected to the testing and which shall be used to verify the construction.
7 Conditioning
The test specimen as well as the supporting construction and any sealing materilas used, shall be conditioned in accordance with the requirements of ISO 3008-1.
8 Clearances
The clearances between the moving components and the fixed parts of the door assembly shall be measured prior to the test. Sufficient measurements shall be made to adequately describe the nature of the gaps and there shall be a minimum of three measurements along each side or edge. The gap sizes shall be described to an accuracy of ± 0,5 mm. Figure 2 to Figure 5 show different types of lift landing doors and indicate the gaps (g) which need to be recorded. The depth of penetration and safety guides (if any) shall be measured and recorded.
9 Functionality test
Prior to the test, the door shall be checked for functionality by opening and closing to the maximum possible, with a minimum opening of width 150 mm.
10 Application of instrumentation
10.1 Temperature measurements
10.1.1 Furnace-temperature measurement instrument
Plate thermometers shall be provided in accordance with ISO 834-1. They shall be evenly distributed over a vertical plane 100 mm from the nearest plane of the test construction. There shall be at least one plate thermometer for every 1,5 m2 of the exposed surface area of the test construction, subject to a minimum of four. The plate thermometer shall be oriented so that “side A” faces the back wall of the furnace. 10.1.2 Gas temperature measurement
One or more thermocouples shall be provided within a distance of 100 mm to the gas flow measuring system to measure the temperature of the exhaust gases drawn from the canopy. See ISO 5167.
ATTACHMENT I Page 11 of 32
ISO/CD 3008-2
6 © ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
10.1.3 Unexposed–face temperature measurement
10.1.3.1 General
10.1.3.1.1 Where no evaluation against the insulation criteria is required of the door assembly, or any part thereof, no temperature measurements are required.
10.1.3.1.2 Where it is required to evaluate compliance with the insulation criteria, thermocouples of the type specified in ISO 834-1 shall be attached to the unexposed face for the purpose of obtaining the average and maximum surface temperatures.
10.1.3.2 Door leaf (leaves)
10.1.3.2.1 Position five thermocouples per door leaf, one as close as possible to the centre of the door leaf (leaves) and one as close as possible to the centre of each quarter section. These shall not be located closer than 100 mm to any joint, stiffener or through component, nor closer than 100 mm to the edge of the leaf (leaves).
10.1.3.2.2 The number of thermocouples on the door leaves may be restricted to 12, evenly distributed over all door leaves. In the event the door leaf (leaves) are of small size (i.e. less than 400 mm wide) such that the conventional five thermocouples cannot be fixed and/or the 100 mm minimum cannot be respected or the number of thermocouples is exceeding the maximum, then a limited number of thermocouples will be evenly distributed on the centre and diagonals of the clear entrance surface of the door.
10.1.3.2.3 When the total area of a single part of the door assembly is equal or smaller than 0,2 m 2 , it shall be disregarded for the purpose of ascertaining the mean unexposed face temperature.
10.1.3.3 Door frame
10.1.3.3.1 The door frame of lift landing doors can include the following parts; the horizontal top member which may include the door mechanism (on sliding and folding doors), two vertical members and an over panel. No thermocouples shall be placed on the horizontal top member including the door mechanism.
10.1.3.3.2 The side panels and over panels of more than 300 mm width or height shall be provided with one thermocouple for each square meter or part thereof, subject to a minimum of two thermocouples. These thermocouples shall not be located closer than 100 mm to any joint, stiffener or through component, nor closer than 100 mm to the edge of the side/over panel.
10.1.3.3.3 When the height of the over panels or width of the side panels are smaller than 300 mm no thermocouples are required for determining the mean temperature rise.
10.1.3.3.4 The average insulation performance of each area shall be determined.
10.1.4 Position of the thermocouples to determine the maximum temperature
10.1.4.1 Door leaf (leaves)
The maximum temperature shall be determined from the thermocouples fixed to determine the mean temperature rise.
ATTACHMENT I Page 12 of 32
ISO/CD 3008-2
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved 7
10.1.4.2 Door frame
10.1.4.2.1 The maximum temperature shall be determined from the thermocouples fixed to determine the mean temperature rise.
10.1.4.2.2 For vertical or horizontal members with width or height between 300 mm and equal to or greater than 100 mm only one thermocouple shall be fixed at the centre of each member.
10.1.4.2.3 For vertical or horizontal members with width or height less than 100 mm no temperature measurements are required.
10.2 Pressure measurements
10.2.1 Furnace pressure measurement
The furnace pressure shall be measured as required in ISO 3008–1.
10.2.2 Gas flow pressure measurement
Provision shall be made at the gas flow measuring system to record the presure differential of the meassuring device and the absolute pressure in relation to ambient conditions. The range of the instrument shall be compatible with the flow rate generated by the suction fan. See ISO 5167.
10.3 Gas flow measurement
The gas flow measuring system shall be in complance with ISO 5167. See Figure Annex A for specific requirements. The accuracy of the determination of the leakage rate shall be within 10%.
10.4 CO2 concentration
10.4.1 Furnace
The instrument shall have a range of 0 % to 20 % CO2 concentration and the calibration shall be established prior to the test by using a sample of known concentration. The accuracy of measurement for CO2, i.e. the instruments and the measurement system, shall be within ± 0,5 % CO2. 10.4.2 Gas flow
The instrument shall have a range of 0 % to 2,5 % and the accuracy of measurement shall be within 0,05 % CO2, The instrument shall be checked prior to the test by using a sample of known concentration of CO2 in the range of 1 % to 2,5 %. 10.5 Heat-flux measurement
When required, the heat flux from the unexposed face of the lift landing door shall be mesured as described in ISO 3008-1.
10.6 Deflection
The deflection of the lift landing door assembly shall be measured as described in ISO 3008-1.
ATTACHMENT I Page 13 of 32
ISO/CD 3008-2
8 © ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
11 Test procedure
11.1 Gap measurements
The clearance between moving components and fixed components of the door assembly (e.g. between door leaf/leaves and the frame) shall be measured prior to test. Sufficient measurements shall be made to adequately quantify the gaps. There shall be a minimum of three measurements made along each side, top and bottom of each leaf of the door. Measurements to determine the gaps shall be made at distances not greater than 750 mm apart and shall be given to an uncertainty not exceeding 0,5 mm. Figures 2, 3, 4 and 5 provide guidance for gap measurement locations. The figures do not indicate any features or constructional requirements for lift landing doors. The depth of penetration of any door safety guide, where provided, shall be measured and recorded.
ATTACHMENT I Page 14 of 32
ISO/CD 3008-2
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved 9
Key g Gap measurement location H Clear height d Deformation measurement location W Clear width
Figure 2 — Clearance gaps (g) and deformation measurements (d) - Single panel swing door
ATTACHMENT I Page 15 of 32
ISO/CD 3008-2
10 © ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
Key g Gap measurement location H Clear height d Deformation measurement location W Clear width
Figure 3 — Clearance gaps (g) and deformation measurements (d) - Double leaf telescopic door
ATTACHMENT I Page 16 of 32
ISO/CD 3008-2
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved 11
Key g Gap measurement location H Clear height d Deformation measurement location W Clear width
Figure 4 — Clearance gaps (g) and deformation measurements (d) - Central opening door
ATTACHMENT I Page 17 of 32
ISO/CD 3008-2
12 © ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
Key g Gap measurement location H Clear height d Deformation measurement location W Clear width
Figure 5 — Clearance gaps (g) and deformation measurements (d) - Multi sliding door
11.2 Functionality test
The door shall be checked for functionality by opening and closing to the maximum possible, with a minimum opening of width 150 mm.
ATTACHMENT I Page 18 of 32
ISO/CD 3008-2
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved 13
11.3 Flow measurement verification
The reliability and the adequacy of the leakage rate measurement system shall be established prior to the start of the furnace test according to Annex C using the calibration burner to generate CO2 as shown in Figure C.1. NOTE Provision should be made during the verification test to protect the lift landing doors against heating. 11.4 Fire test
The fire test shall be conducted in compliance with ISO 3008-1 with the following modifications.
11.4.1 The pressure in the furnace shall be such that a positive pressure is maintained over the whole height of the specimen with the pressure at the sill level at a range of 2 ± 2 Pa.
11.4.2 The air flow from the canopy and the CO2 shall be recorded continuously.
12 Performance criteria
12.1 Integrity (E)
12.1.1 Integrity requirements shall be satisfied as long as none of the following occur:
12.1.1.1 Sustained flaming on the unexposed face in excess of 10 s duration.
12.1.1.2 After the first 14 min of the fire test, the leakage rate per meter width of the door opening exceeding 3 m3 / (min - m).
12.1.1.2.1 Transient peaks in the observed leakage rate curve are to be ignored when they are due to fluctuations in the measuring chain and do not correspond to increase in the leakage rate as a result of increasing gaps and dislocation in the specimen.
12.2 Insulation (I)
12.2.1 When insulation requirements apply the insulation criterion l is no longer satisfied when:
12.2.1.1 The average temperature rise exceeds 140 °C.
12.2.1.2 The maximum temperature rise on the door leaf, over panel and side panel with a width 300 mm exceeds 180 °C.
12.2.1.3 The maximum temperature rise on vertical members and/or over panels have a width (vertical members) or height (over panels) of between 100 mm and 300 mm exceeds 360 °C.
12.3 Radiation (R)
When radiation requirements apply the radiation criterion is satisfied until the measured radiation exceeds the value of 15 kW/m2..
13 Termination of test
The test can be terminated for any of the following reasons:
ATTACHMENT I Page 19 of 32
ISO/CD 3008-2
14 © ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
a) Safety of personnel or pending damage to equipment
b) Attainment of selected criteria
c) Request of the sponsor
The test may be continued after b) with the agreement of the sponsor to obtain additional data.
14 Test report
In addition to the items required by ISO 834-1, the following shall also be included in the report:
a) reference that the test was carried out in accordance with ISO 3008-2;
b) details of how the construction of the test specimen was verified;
c) the leakage rate though the door during the fire test;
d) the time and duration of occurance of flaming along with its location;
e) the temperature measurements on the unexposed face of the door as a function of time when measured;
f) the radiation emmision, when measured, as a function of time, and
g) the deflection of the door as a function of time.
15 Field of direct application of test results
Test results in terms of Integrity, and Insulation are considered to be applicable to doors of sizes different from those of the test specimens, all other constructional details being the same, within the following limitations: a) without correction to be applied on the measured leakage rate;
a similar door of lower height than the tested specimen;
a similar door with a door opening or an opening width in the wall equal to the one tested within a range of 30 %.
b) after correcting the measured leakage rate as a function of the increase in height, as specified in Annex D;
a similar door with increased height of up to 15 %. The allowance given in a) and b) can be applied together. If tested in a standard supporting construction, the results are valid for all constructions with a density equal to or greater than 600 kg/m3
and thickness equal to or greater than 100 mm. The results of doors tested with a specific supporting construction different from the standard supporting constructions as described in Annex B are restricted to that specific supporting construction.
ATTACHMENT I Page 20 of 32
ISO/CD 3008-2
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved 15
Annex A (normative)
Description of the canopy and measuring system
A.1 Canopy
A.1.1 The canopy shall take the form of a sheet metal box, open at the bottom and fixed on the unexposed side of the furnace to provide a collector for the escape gases emitted from the door under test. Glass fibre curtains shall be located at the front and the side to minimize mixing of the gases with the surrounding air.
NOTE A 3 000 mm wide canopy has been found adequate for door sizes up to 2 600 mm wide.
A.1.2 Adjustable glass fibre fabric screens shall be attached to the front and two sides of the canopy. The depth of the screens shall be adjusted such that the front screen drops 1 500 mm below the front lower edge of the canopy and the side screens shall be down to the sill level of the door under test. Small weights shall be located at the lower edge of the screen to prevent its flapping during a test.
A.1.3 The canopy shall be positioned so that the underside of the baffle is 300 mm above the top edge of the door including any fixing. The door shall be located in its frame to be central in relation to the canopy width.
A.2 Measuring system
A.2.1 A fan shall be provided to extract the gases collecting near the top of the canopy. A monitoring system utilizing an orifice plate or other equivalent system shall provide a means for measuring the flow rate of gases, their temperature and the CO2 concentration. The leakage rate from the door shall be calculated by comparison with the CO2 concentration of the furnace atmosphere.
NOTE For normal two leaf door a fan of 2 500 m3/h capacity has been found to be adequate
ATTACHMENT I Page 21 of 32
ISO/CD 3008-2
16 © ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
A.2.2 The general arrangement of the system shall conform to Figure A.1 and canopy details shall conform to Figure A.2. The canopy shall be fabricated from sheet metal, 1,0 mm to 1,5 mm in thickness, with suitable facilities for attaching it to the face of the furnace or the supporting construction such that the junction is gas tight. Inside the canopy, at a distance of 150 mm below the top, a (15 ± 5) mm thick calcium silicate sheet shall be attached to act as a baffle. There shall be a clearance of 50 mm on three sides between the baffle and the canopy shell for the flow of the gases. At the top of the canopy, in a central position, an outlet for a metal duct, at least 200 mm in diameter, shall be provided to connect to a suitable exhaust fan.
A.2.3 The extract ducting shall be provided with a device for measuring mass gas flow, of a design complying with the specifications in ISO 5167-1 and ISO 5221, to measure the velocity of gases passing through the duct. Instrumentation shall be provided to make the following measurements:
A.2.3.1 In the furnace:
A.2.3.1.1 CO2 concentration up to 10% concentration.
A.2.3.2 At the gas flow measuring point:
A.2.3.2.1 CO2 concentration up to 1% concentration.
A.2.3.2.2 The gas temperature.
A.2.3.2.3 The gas pressure.
A.2.3.2.4 The pressure difference over the flow measuring device.
A.2.4 The total length of the duct shall not be excessive and it shall have a long straight portion each side of the gas flow measuring device as specified in the ISO 5167-1 and ISO 5221.
ATTACHMENT I Page 22 of 32
ISO/CD 3008-2
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved 17
Key
1 Furnace 6 Test door
2 Orifice plate 7 Pressure
3 Exhaust pipe 8 Temperature
4 Canopy 9 Instrumentation
5 Curtain 10 Fan
Figure A.1 — General arrangement
ATTACHMENT I Page 23 of 32
ISO/CD 3008-2
18 © ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
Key
1 Baffle 4 Door
2 Exhaust pipe 5 Curtain
3 Canopy 6 Sill level
Figure A.2 — Canopy details
ATTACHMENT I Page 24 of 32
ISO/CD 3008-2
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved 19
Annex B (normative)
Standard supporting construction
The standard supporting construction shall be blockwork, masonry or homogeneous concrete wall with an overall density of 1 200 ± 400 kg/m3 and a thickness of 200 ± 50 mm.
ATTACHMENT I Page 25 of 32
ISO/CD 3008-2
20 © ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
Annex C (normative)
Verification procedure for leakage rate measurement
Before the fire test on a lift landing door, the operation and the accuracy of the measuring system shall be verified by a 10 min preheat period followed by a 5 min measurement period.
A burner, an example of which is shown in Figure C.1, shall be placed below the canopy near mid-height of the lift landing door. The burner shall conform to ISO 9705 with a heat output of up to 300 kW.
The burner shall be supplied with propane gas at the normalized rate of 1,36 l/s to produce CO2 at the rate of 0,25 m3/min (i.e. 15 m 3 /h = 0,00416 m 3 /s). Using the relationship in equation (2) of Annex D, the flow rate and CO2 concentration shall be established. The flow rate of CO2 production shall be controlled with a mass flow controller or by measuring weight loss.
Action shall be taken to reduce any difference between the theoretical and measured flow rate and CO2
concentration of more than 10 % (i.e. q CO2 measured < 13,5 m 3 /h or > 16,5 m 3 /h). When the difference is lower than 10 % (i.e. 13,5 m 3 /h ≤ q CO2 measured ≤ 16,5 m 3 /h), the leakage rate of the test shall be corrected for this difference.
The test specimen shall be protected from the burner during this verification procedure.
Key
1 Plan view 4 Gravel
2 Sectional evaluation 5 Brass wire gauze
3 Sand 6 Gas supply
Figure C.1 — Example of a standard calibration burner
ATTACHMENT I Page 26 of 32
ISO/CD 3008-2
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved 21
Annex D (normative)
Calculation of leakage rate
D.1 Initial calculation of leakage rate
D.1.1 During the course of a test the following measurements shall be made to establish the leakage rate through the specimen door: D.1.1.1 CO2 concentration in the furnace Cfurn (%)
D.1.1.2 CO2 concentration in the duct at the orifice plate Corif (%)
D.1.1.3 Pressure at top of door in the furnace pfurn (Pa)
D.1.1.4 Pressure differential across the orifice plate p (Pa)
D.1.1.5 Under pressure at orifice plate porif (Pa)
D.1.1.6 Ambient pressure in the laboratory pamb (Pa)
D.1.1.7 Temperature of gases at the orifice Torif (°C)
D.1.1.8 Sectional area of the exhaust duct A (m2)
D.1.2 The gas flow at the orifice shall be established from the orifice plate characteristics either on the basis of the information given in ISO 5221 or that supplied by the orifice plate manufacturer. This provides a constant k for the orifice plate assembly from which the flow rate qvo is established as follows:
(1)
Where: T0, p0 and ρ0 are reference temperature, pressure and density conditions. If reference conditions of 20⁰C, 1,2045 kg/m3 and 101 325 Pa are chosen, equation (1) becomes:
(2)
D.1.3 The leakage rate, qvleak, for the lift landing door assembly shall be calculated as below:
Error! Objects cannot be created from editing field codes. (3)
Where Cfl = measured CO
al theoreticCO
2
2
q
q
ATTACHMENT I Page 27 of 32
ISO/CD 3008-2
22 © ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
with:
al theoreticCO2q : theoretical CO2-flow rate in m³/s;
measured CO2q : CO2-flow rate in m³/s, measured during the flow measurement
D.2 Pressure correction
D.2.1 The estimated leakage rate shall be corrected for the pressure variation in the furnace from that specified as standard i.e. 20 Pa. This gives the corrected leakage rate, qvcorr, for the lift landing door.
(4)
where: Pfurn is the pressure in the furnace at the top of the door. NOTE The furnace pressure at the top of the door is expected to be 20 Pa. D.2.2 The corrected leakage rate obtained by equation (4) shall be reported as the leakage rate for the lift landing door either as a continuous curve or at a specified classification time.
D.2.3 Figure D.1 provides an explanatory diagram for pressure correction.
ATTACHMENT I Page 28 of 32
ISO/CD 3008-2
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved 23
Key
A Top of the lift door
B Sill
C (Pa)
H Clear height of the door
1 Range of fluctuations of the pressures in the furnace at this height
Figure D.1 — Explanatory diagram for pressure correction
D.2.4 The lines in Figure D.1 represent the pressure in the furnace assuming a constant pressure/height gradient of 8 Pa/m and the prescribed pressure of 2 Pa at sill level. In practice the furnace pressure (dark line) will vary between the dotted parallel lines. A higher furnace pressure will create a higher leakage rate and a lower furnace pressure will create a lower leakage rate resulting in a need to correct to a standardized condition.
D.2.5 It has been shown by previous tests that the best correction of the leakage rate is obtained for the height corresponding with the gravity point of the triangle with the full line diagram and the Y axis (2/3 of the total height). A correction of the leakage rate at sill level can lead to a correction of 100% (if the pressure is twice the prescribed) while the pressure at the top would lead to a correction of only some percentage.
ATTACHMENT I Page 29 of 32
ISO/CD 3008-2
24 © ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
Annex E (informative)
Extrapolation rule for the leakage rate for higher lift landing door
assemblies
The leakage rate, measured on the tested door and corrected for furnace pressure, should be corrected for pressure at the height at which each individual opening is present, because the pressure at the height of the opening influences the leakage of furnace gases. In practice this is impossible. The leakage rate to be used for the extrapolation for higher doors is the corrected leakage rate multiplied by a factor, which is equal to the ratio of the theoretical pressure at 2/3 of the height of the clear opening of the height of the lift landing door to be assessed and the theoretical pressure at 2/3 of the height of the clear opening of the height of the tested lift landing door, taking into account a pressure of 2 Pa at sill level and a pressure/height gradient of 8.0 Pa/m.
NOTE The height of 2/3 of the clear opening of the lift landing door corresponds with the gravity point of the triangle with the full line in the diagram and the Y axis (2/3 of the total height). This leads to a levelled correction of the leakages over the total height of the lift landing door.
The leakage rate used for extrapolation qvextrapolation is:
q v extrapolation =
corr
Where: Hextrapolation : height of the clear opening of the door for which the extrapolation is sought; Htested : height of the clear opening of the door submitted to the test.
ATTACHMENT I Page 30 of 32
ISO/CD 3008-2
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved 25
Annex F (informative)
Interpreting the leakage rate curve
The different measurements for leakage rate in the measurement chain can have different time lags and different frequencies of recording. The measurements are: (1) CO2 content in the furnace, (2) CO2 content in the duct, (3) pressures in the furnace, (4) pressure differential over the flow measuring device, and (5) temperature in the duct.
The time lags are a function of the response time or the time between a real physical change and the time when this change is recorded. The measurements need to be corrected for this time shift for the purpose of decreasing the noise or peaks not corresponding to real changes in the leakage rate curve in the calculations described in Annexes,
Differences in frequencies of sampling, measuring or recording, can also lead to an increase in noise or to interference which creates peaks when calculating the leakage rate. This effect can be reduced, using an appropriate smoothing technique. It is the responsibility of the laboratory to characterize its measurement system (e.g. using a Fast Fourier Transform on the measurement and the results of calculation). To improve the accuracy of the leakage rate curve, actions can be taken by adjusting the measurement (e.g. electronic damping or changing frequencies) or by mathematical actions (e.g. damping, weighted averaging). Care has to be taken that smoothing does not hide real changes in leakage. The report can include both curves of leakage rate: the curve with and without smoothing.
ATTACHMENT I Page 31 of 32
ISO/CD 3008-2
26 © ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
Annex G (informative)
Marking information
The unexposed side (lift shaft side) of the door frame assembly (upright, header or sill support making up the door frame) shall be permanently fitted (riveted or screwed) with a data plate with information including the following permanently marked (stamped, engraved on the plate).
a) manufacturer (name and address or trade mark and address, b) the model or type of door, c) the serial number if relevant to identify the product, d) the name or LOGO of the laboratory that conducted the test. e) the certification number or test report number issued by the test laboratory, f) the references of the test method (standard used) used, g) the fire classification achieved during test (1hour integrity, insulation 0)
The data plate may carry marking or information relating to other tests the door has been successfully tested against provided this information is clearly separated from the above to avoid any confusion.
ATTACHMENT I Page 32 of 32
,,7G.,-rso'=.-
=
NEW WORK ITEM PROPOSAL
Date of presentation
June 28, 20 1 1
Reference number(to be given by the Secretariat)
lso/Tc s2 tsc z N szzR. Berhinig
Secretarial
ANSI
A proposal for a new work item within the scope of an existing committee shall be submitted to the secretariat of that committee with a copy tothe Central Secretariat and, in the case of a subcommittee, a copy to the secretariat of the parent technical committee. Proposals not within thescope of an existing committee shall be submitted to the secretariat of the ISO Technical Management Board.
The proposer of a new work item may be a member body of lSO, the secretariat itself, another technical committee or subcommittee, ororganization in liaison, the Technical Management Board or one of the advisory groups, or the Secretary-General.The proposal will be circulated to the P-members of the technical committee or subcommittee for voting, and to the O-members for information.
See overleaf for guidance on when to use this form.
IMPORTANT NOTE: Proposals without adequate justification risk rejection or referral to originator.Guidelines for proposing and justifying a new work item are given overleaf.
Proposal (to be completed by the proposer)
Titleof proposal (inthecaseofanamendment,revisionoranewpartofanexistingdocument,showthereferencenumberandcurrenttitle)
English title Fire-r'esistance tests - Part 2: Lift landing door assemblies
French title(if available)
Scope of proposed project
The proposed project is to plepare a new ISO fire test standard to measure the fire l'esistance oflitl landing door assen.rblics.
Concerns known patented items (see ISO/lEC Directives Part 1 for important guidance)
! Ves X No lf "Yes", provide full information as annex
Envisaged publication type (indicate one of the following, if possible)
X International Standard ! Technical Specification n puOticty Available Specification I Technical Report
Purpose and justification (attach a separate page as annex, if necessary)
The project is to be aioint working gfoup effolt between TC92|SC2 and TC178 with open men.rbership. TC92/SC2 is tohave adn'rinistrative responsibilities. The project was initially approved in February 2008 with a vote of 11 approval, 0 nonapproval and 7 abstentions. However, a working draft was not prepared in a timely rlanner and the pro.ject rvrs notactivated. A dralt is included with this ballot fbr submission for enouirv vote (DIS).
Target date for availability (date by which publication is considered to be necessary)
Proposeddevelopmenttrack[ 1(24months) X 2(36months-default) ! 3(4Bmonths)
Relevant documents to be consideredISO DTR 257 42, Study of the rnethods used for fire testing lift lar.rding doors.
Relationship of project to activities of other international bodies
Liaison organizationsNone
Need for coordination with:
I rrc I crr.r n otr,"r. (ptease specify)
Preparatory work (at a minimum an outline should be included with the proposal)
f, n Oraft is attached I nn outiine is attached. lt is possible to supply a draft by
The proposer or the proposer's organization is prepared to undertake the preparatory work requireO f, Ves E ruo
Proposed Project Leader (name and address)
R. Belhinig
13 I 0 N. Chestnut Ave.
Arlington Heights, IL 60004
USA
Name and signature ofthe Proposer(include contact information)
R. Berhinig
FORM4(lSO) v2007.1 Page 1 of 2
ATTACHMENT J Page 1 of 2
New work item proposal
Comments of the TC or SC SecretariatSupplementary information relating to the proposalX This proposal relates to a new ISO document;
f This proposal relates to the amendment/revision of an existing rso document;I rhis proposal relates to the adoption as an active project of an item currenfly registered as a preliminary work ltem;t] This proposal relates to the re-establishment of a cancelled project as an active proiect.Other:
Voting informationThe ballot associated with this proposal comprises a vote on:
X Adoption ofthe proposal as a new project
! Adoption of the associated draft as a committee draft (CD)
x Adoption of the associated draft for submission for the enquiry vote (Drs or equivarent)Other:
Date of circulation
June 28, 201 I
Closing date for voting
Septernber 28,2011
Signature of the TC or SC Secretarv
Annex(es) are included with this proposal (give details)
Use this form to propose:
Guidelines on the completion of a proposal for a new work item(see also the ISO/lEC Directives part 1)a) Title: Indicate the subject of the proposed new work item.b) scope: Give a clear indication of the coverage of the proposed new work item. Indicate, for example, if this is a proposal for a new document,or a proposed change (amendment/revision). lt is often helpful to indicate what is not covered (exclusions).
:*H',,"#3L11?l;iJJ:l, tto"' Details of the tvpes of ISo deliverable avaitabte are given in rhe tSo/lEC Directives, parr 1 and/or the
d) Purpose and justification: Give details based on a criticai study of the following elements wherever practicabre. whereverposslblereference shourd be made to information contained in the retated rc Business pran.1) The specific aims and reason for the standardization activity, with particular emphasis on the aspects of standardjzation to be covered, theproblems it is expected to solve orthe difficulties it is intended to overcome.2) The main interests that might beneflt from or be affected by the activity, such as indusrry, consumers, trade, governments, djstributors.3) Feasibility ofthe activity: Are there factors that could hinder the successful eslablishment or gtobal application of the standard?4) Timeliness of the standard to be produced: ls the technoiogy reasonably stabilized? lf not, how much time js tjkely to be available before:iltrt?ffillT;::rT;lr*nder the proposed standard ortloit"dz r' th"'p;C;;;d standard required .' . Luri. ror the ruture deveropmen.
5) urgency of the activity, considering the needs of other flelds or organizations. Indicate target date and, when a series of standards isproposed, suggest priorities.6) The benefits to be gained by the implementation of the proposed standard; arternativery, the ross or disadvantage(s) it no standard isestablished within a reasonable time. Data such as product volume or value of trade shoutd be included and quantified.
;L',t"tj,H:Tt"'dization activity is, or is likely to be, the subject of regulations or to require the harmonizatron of existing regutations, this shoutd
lf a series of new work items is proposed having a common purpose and justification, a common proposal may be drafted including all elementsto be clarified and enumerating the tifles and scopes of each individuar item.e) Relevant documents and their effects on global relevancy: List any known relevant documents (such as standards and regulations),regardless of their source when the proposer considers that an existing well-estabtished document may be acceptabre as a slandard (with orwithout amendment), indicate this with appropriate justification and attaci
" ";ti; il; proposar.f) cooperation and liaison: List relevant organizations or bodies with which cooperation and liaison should exist.
FORM 4 (lSO) v.2007.1Page 2 of 2ATTACHMENT J
Page 2 of 2